Exhibition: ‘Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life’ at MAK Museum, Vienna

Exhibition dates: 15th April – 16th August, 2026

Guest Curator: Karolina Ziębińska

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) '"Furniture transport," Vienna' c. 1960

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
“Furniture transport,” Vienna
c. 1960
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

 

Framing within a square or rectangle, Pflaum’s situational, observational photographs of everyday life in post-war Vienna are full of humans pictured singly or in groups against the urban backdrop.

The figures are rarely photographed front and centre with the photographer using the near-far compositional technique – placing a prominent object very close to the camera lens while capturing a distant figure or background for context – to create a strong three-dimensional depth within the image which enables the artist to enact a compelling visual story. Figures are also placed asymmetrically within the picture. Silhouetting is used to great effect as is the use of low depth of field.

There is a sense of “caught on the fly” abstraction in Pflaum’s personal work, even as her street photographs, her personal not commercial work, are eloquently structured, visualised and resolved, demonstrating “not only her extraordinary powers of observation, her humor, and her phenomenal sense of form, but also a profound social awareness.”

Part Henri Cartier-Bresson, part Edith Tudor-Hart, Pflaum’s enduring street photographs are strong and engaging and entirely her own vision. I just wish I had more of them to show you … but please enlarge the installation views of the exhibition in the posting to gain a greater appreciation of their presence.

Dr Marcus Bunyan


Many thankx to MAK Museum for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

Pflaum’s style was marked by poised restraint and subordination of the photographer to the motif, prioritising observation and patience over aggressive intervention, which lent her images an unconventional, artistic edge amid the era’s photojournalistic hustle. Influences from her graphic training extended to lighting and post-processing, where she favoured natural illumination and minimal alterations to preserve raw authenticity, while exchanging ideas with contemporaries like Franz Hubmann, Erich Lessing, and Harry Weber shaped her approach to dynamic yet empathetic framing. This method resulted in a oeuvre of standalone, motif-driven photographs that engaged viewers through subtle interpretive layers rather than overt narratives. …

Barbara Pflaum’s photography served as a visual chronicle of post-war Vienna and Austria during the Second Republic, capturing the city’s social and cultural revival from the 1950s to the 1970s through street scenes, urban portraits, and everyday vignettes. Her images documented the reconstruction era’s vibrancy, including spontaneous moments like pedestrians jumping over puddles on Heldenplatz (c. 1960) and leisure activities at the Prater amusement park with the Giant Ferris Wheel in the background (1961), highlighting the resilience of Viennese daily life amid lingering post-war recovery. These works portrayed ordinary figures – such as market women, newspaper sellers, and coal delivery workers – as typological subjects, emphasising authentic urban interactions without ideological overlay, as seen in her depiction of a motorcycle race on Wiener Höhenstraße (1956).”


Anonymous. “Barbara Pflaum,” on the Grokipedia website Nd [Online] Cited 31/07/2026

 

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'School for children with behavioural difficulties, Sweden' 1954

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
School for children with behavioural difficulties, Sweden
1954
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'School for children with behavioural difficulties, Sweden' 1954

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
School for children with behavioural difficulties, Sweden
1954
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'A motorcycle race on Wiener Höhenstraße, Austria' 1956

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
A motorcycle race on Wiener Höhenstraße, Austria
1956
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Foreigners, Vienna' 1959

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Foreigners, Vienna
1959
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Jumping over a puddle on Heldenplatz, Vienna, Austria' 1960

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Jumping over a puddle on Heldenplatz, Vienna, Austria
1960
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Passers-by standing in front of the shop window of an electrical goods store displaying a television, Vienna' c. 1960

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Passers-by standing in front of the shop window of an electrical goods store displaying a television, Vienna
c. 1960
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Child at play in front of the Theseus Temple in the Volksgarten, Vienna' c. 1960

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Child at play in front of the Theseus Temple in the Volksgarten, Vienna
c. 1960
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

 

Barbara Pflaum (1912-2002) was one of the few women who worked as photojournalists for pictorial magazines in the 1950s.

Men dominated this profession in the first two postwar decades, while women in Europe and the United States returned to domestic life. This was not the case for Pflaum, who came across photography at the University of Applied Arts Vienna, where she had taken up studies as a 40-year-old divorcée with three children.

Her photographs garnered the attention of several people. In 1954 she published her first reports – about Venice and about an experimental school in Sweden – in the Wiener Illustrierte newspaper. A short time later, she was hired as a photographer for the Wochenpresse weekly, where she worked for over 20 years. She and her classic Rolleiflex medium format camera could be found at most theatre and opera openings, vernissages, and most of all at political events.

Her portraits of heads of state, party leaders, and famous artists often adorned the cover pages of the weekly magazine. As the proud photographer of these images, she showed them in exhibitions throughout her life. The presentation at the MAK will show a different, less well-known side of her work – one that nowadays especially has the capacity to delight.

Between vernissages, conferences, and premieres, Barbara Pflaum tirelessly roamed the streets of Vienna and observed its inhabitants. Situational photographs and masterful portraits not only bring to light her extraordinary powers of observation, her sense of humour, and her phenomenal flair for form, but also reveal an encompassing social sensibility. Taken for herself, in passing – these photographs are the subject of the exhibition.

Some found their way into a Vienna photo book published by Pflaum in 1961, but many have never been released. The images show the city’s inhabitants going about their daily lives, as well as street protests, condemned neighbourhoods, and scenes from the annual Christmas markets.

Text from the MAK Museum website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life' at MAK Museum, Vienna, April - August, 2026

 

Installation views of the exhibition Barbara Pflaum: Showcases of Everyday Life at MAK Museum, Vienna, April – August, 2026
© MAK/Christian Mendez

 

 

From 15 April, the MAK dedicates a solo exhibition to Barbara Pflaum (1912–2002), a pioneer of Austrian press photography, in the MAK Works on Paper Room. With her extraordinary powers of observation and outstanding sense of form, Pflaum counts among the trailblazers of Austrian photojournalism in the 1950s. For over two decades, she helped shape the visual style of the Austrian weekly magazine Wochenpresse. Aged 40, divorced and a mother of three, Pflaum began studying at Vienna’s Academy of Applied Arts (now the University of Applied Arts Vienna) where she discovered photography and devoted herself to it with passion from then on. The exhibition at the MAK shows more than 100 photographs from the late 1950s and early 1960s, revealing an aspect of her work as yet little known: thoughtful, often humorous observations of everyday life in Vienna.

Pflaum received her first camera from her then-partner, the traveler, writer, and photographer Herbert Tichy in the early 1950s. At first, she mainly photographed her children and friends. These portraits caught the attention of the photo lab owner where she had her films developed. He encouraged her to submit her work to a magazine. As a result, Pflaum worked for the Wiener Illustrierte between 1954 and 1958. At the same time, she met the renowned Japanese-American photographer Yoichi Okamoto, head of the photo department at the US Information Service. Okamoto trained young photographers in modern photojournalism. Pflaum’s collaboration with Okamoto had a decisive influence on her style and led to her first publications in the Wiener Kurier.

Equipped with her classic medium-format camera, Pflaum had been photographing for the Wochenpresse since the mid-1950s, and was a regular presence at theatre and opera premieres, art exhibitions, political gatherings, and social events. She captured heads of state, party leaders, and international artists, and documented parliamentary debates, receptions, conferences, and cultural highlights. Many of her portraits of prominent figures appeared on the weekly magazine’s front cover – photographs of which she was particularly proud and which she repeatedly exhibited during her lifetime.

She consolidated her position as a photographer through her work in the press and exhibitions at Vienna’s Konzerthaus, as well as through her own
publications. In addition to official commissions, she tirelessly documented everyday life in Vienna: people in coffee houses, at markets, in parks or at parades, passers-by, street vendors, children at play or people in public spaces. Of especial fascination for her was the city’s transformation: old neighborhoods undergoing renovation, demolition, new construction, or the beginning of gentrification.

Many of these photographs were taken, as it were, en passant – personal observations, some of which found their way into her 1961 picture volume, wie ist Wien? Most, however, remained unpublished, lying in the photographer’s archive for years. Today, these photographs offer a view of the city and its inhabitants that is as lively as it is humorous. They depict scenes of everyday life, as well as street protests, Christmas markets, and neighborhoods about to be demolished. At the same time, they document an urban atmosphere undergoing gradual change in post-war Vienna.

Most of the prints on display in the exhibition come directly from Pflaum’s own archive, which is now held by brandstaetter images. These are prints she made herself, some of which bear clear signs of wear – revealing their use as working materials.

A key element of Pflaum’s photographic style has to do with her camera of choice. She worked with a Rolleiflex, a large twin-lens camera for 6 x 6cm film. This technique required a deliberate and considered approach: the film had to be changed after every twelve exposures, and the image was composed in a square format. For publication in the press, which usually required rectangular image formats, the photographs had to be cropped later during enlargement. The Rolleiflex was held at hip height as the image was projected onto a ground glass screen on the top of the camera, meaning it could only be viewed from above.

Many of Pflaum’s photographs are characterised by their strong, multi-layered composition: often, a blurred foreground area structures the image, with the spatial context of the scene unfolding behind it. Only on a third level does the actual action take centre stage – a fleeting moment, an encounter, a gesture. This pictorial structure imbues the photographs with a sense of dynamism, steering the viewer’s gaze towards the essence of the image.

Pflaum’s gift for observation, her ability to “lie in wait” and capture the right moment, are remarkable, as is the originality of many of her compositions. Whether dealing with common photographic subjects such as markets or leisure activities, or with current events such as demonstrations, Pflaum always took care to draw attention to the people, ensure a dynamic energy in the image, and evoke associations. In this way, she was able to create a sense of narrative.

What emerges is a multi-layered photographic portrait of Vienna from more than half a century ago. Barbara Pflaum’s photographs also demonstrate the
wealth of possibilities contained within even a fleeting moment on the street – provided it is observed with attentiveness, patience, and artistic sensitivity.

Karolina Ziębińska is a curator and art historian specializing in photography. From 2021 to 2025, she was director of the Museum of Warsaw. Prior to that, she was a curator at the Centre Pompidou in Paris from 2014 to 2020; Ziębińska also worked for ten years at Zachęta – National Gallery of Art in Warsaw. In 2008, she co-founded the Archaeology of Photography Foundation. Karolina Ziębińska has curated over 50 exhibitions and edited numerous publications on photographers of note.

Press release from MAK Museum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Newspaper seller' c. 1960

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Newspaper seller
c. 1960
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) "By no means a place of vice, rather a refuge for insomniacs and night workers: the small night café Schwarzenberg" 1961

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
“By no means a place of vice, rather a refuge for insomniacs and night workers: the small night café Schwarzenberg”
1961
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Sweet chestnut vendor on a Viennese market' 1970

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Sweet chestnut vendor on a Viennese market
1970
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'Anti-Vietnam War demonstration as part of the May 1st rally on the Ringstraße, Vienna' 1970

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
Anti-Vietnam War demonstration as part of the May 1st rally on the Ringstraße, Vienna
1970
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002) 'On a Viennese market' 1970

 

Barbara Pflaum (Austrian, 1912-2002)
On a Viennese market
1970
Gelatin silver print
© APA-Images / brandstaetter images / Barbara Pflaum

 

 

MAK Museum
Stubenring 5
1010 Wien, AT

Opening hours:
Tue 10am – 9pm
Wed – Sun 10am – 6pm
Mon closed

MAK Museum website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb’ at the City Gallery, Melbourne

“Viva Gibb’s passion project… powerful, intimate photographs of a Melbourne now vanished from our sight through gentrification.” Dr Marcus Bunyan

Exhibition dates: 5th March – 7th August, 2026

Curator: Savannah Smith

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) ''Lolly seller', Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1985

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘Lolly seller’, Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1985
Silver gelatin print
30.5 x 30.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

 

Please handle with care –


I read a comment about the exhibition On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb at the City Gallery, Melbourne on Instagram the other day. It described the exhibition as “charming”.

What does that mean? charming… it’s almost as bad as calling an artist’s work “nice”. I’m sure if someone called my work “charming” I would take a turn and I think that Viva Gibb would be rolling in her grave if she heard the comment.

Let us be clear. Viva Gibb’s 1970s-1980s social documentary portraits of the people of inner city Melbourne (specifically North and West Melbourne) centred around her studio in Capel Street are direct, tough, intimate, compassionate, empathetic, feminist, political (in a socialist sense) and strongly humanist photographs of the people of her neighbourhoods and the working class suburbs in which they lived. Everyday people, human dignity, and social connection.

Through “mid or long shots, with the subject captured in relation to their environment,” Gibb’s photographs picture the day-to-day lives of the people that surrounded her, people that she had a connection with and wanted to photograph. As she said, “I only ask them for a photograph if I am interested in that person, if there is something in the whole story about them.”

Gibb photographed the people of these suburbs, people who formed countercultural communities of artists and intellectuals, cafe owners and customers, butchers and bakers, the old, the young, punks, dating couples and the homeless. She photographed facets of their life revealing within the images their innate dignity (every person has high value and deep worth simply because they are human), often using a multi-image convention to capture their essence, returning to photograph them over an extended time period. She built a relationship with people for however short or long a time in order to tell their story.

“The people in my photographs are those who have survived at all odds – socially, racially, and economically – in our essentially bourgeois society; the lonely man next door, the old people who have lived in the area all their lives and are threatened with eviction, the homeless man whose only dream is to have a room of his own.”

Through her photographs we can feel the transformation of a moment into a story unfolded by observation.

As Walker Evans observed, “Leaving aside the mysteries and the inequities of human talent, brains, taste, and reputations, the matter of art in photography may come down to this: it is the capture and projection of the delights of seeing; it is the defining of observation full and felt.”

The defining of observation full and felt. There goes Viva…

In one sense the hang of the exhibition, in photo cloud form, emphasises the interconnectedness of all people and all things within these communities, but conversely the viewer can become overwhelmed by the amount of photographs. Collectively, they become more of a sociological project rather than photographs with an individual aura. It is only when one stops and slows down and contemplates the individual portraits does one begin to admire the majesty of Gibb’s achievement.

Using a Rolleiflex medium-format camera for most of her portraiture so that she could look down into the camera while having a direct relationship to the person being photographed (not a camera held to the eye) one can see how, as James McArdle observes, she built the trust of the person being photographed. “… one can see how Viva is standing above her camera or beside it, in eye contact with her subject, perhaps talking to them, calmly or animatedly depending on the reaction desired, as she presses the shutter.”

Much like Diane Arbus using a Rolleiflex in New York, here in Gibb’s photographs there is a direct engagement with the reality of the world. This is never more evident than in my favourite part of the exhibition, her personal photo albums: The Street Where I Live 1974-1978; Boppin’ in West Melbourne; West Melb. 1980-1985; Those were the days my friend (below).

In the small photographs stuck into personal photo albums we can viscerally feel the power and intimacy of Gibb’s passion project. We can observe in the sequencing of images of the city, houses, streets, businesses and people, how she created stories about the people and places for which she cared dearly. And her love of dogs! Always people with dogs – Amelia and the new puppy; Betty and her dogs, Stanley St. Here, no overblown gigantic photographs that have no need to be that big, that have no presence, instead powerful, intimate photographs of a Melbourne now vanished from our sight through gentrification.

I remember coming to live in Melbourne in the mid-1980s from England and these suburbs, these characters, were still alive and present. No longer. While community groups tried to protect their suburbs and ways of life at the time, and the heritage buildings survived, council auctioned off the properties it had accumulated. “Most residents, unable to afford their properties, were forced to move on.” Caring communities built up over decades were destroyed.

Much the same is happening in contemporary Melbourne suburbs with the destruction of long standing community housing throughout the city. Under the guise of modernisation and money, and the increase in high density living in the city, communities are being torn apart with little or no recourse for low income human beings or their wishes. Public housing blocks are being torn down all over the city, the land given by the government to private developers for “mixed housing development” which combines private market-rate homes with affordable or social housing. Except social housing only ever makes up about 20% of the project. As usual it’s all about the money, ignoring the fact that it is destroying communities that have been there for decades. Shame on councils, supposed community housing associations and unscrupulous developers (please see Marcus Bunyan. “Frederick Oswald Barnett (Australian, 1883-1972),” on the Art Blart website, 23rd February, 2024; and Rachael Dexter. “Developer quietly guts ‘affordable’ housing promise in northern suburbs,” on The Age website, March 3, 2026 [Online] both cited 24/07/2026).

This brings me to the title of this piece of text taken from the front of Gibb’s photo album West Melb. 1980-1985: “Please handle with care -” followed by the admonishment “these photos are delicate”. These words can serve as metaphor for the de/generations of society that Gibb photographed and the subsequent loss of culture and community … a process that is only increasing today. While Gibb was “deeply aware, socially engaged and heartfelt” in her interactions with community and the stories she was telling – and this passion is embodied, embedded in her images – her photos are, still, delicate as she states, much like the lives of the people and communities depicted in them. Human beings need nature and nurture surrounding them, not huge four wheel drives, grand designs and high density living where you don’t even know your neighbour.

Caring for the counterculture, caring for the people around you, is a sign of a robust, flourishing society. Gibb’s tangible photographs convince us that such a proposition is true.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

PS. If you would like to know about the history, cultural and political background of this inspirational artist please read my friend James McArdle’s in depth research on Viva Gibb in the text “Stance,” on the On This Date In Photography website, March 19, 2026.

PPS. I love how people are smiling in the photographs!


Many thankx to the City Gallery for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“I don’t really deal with people I don’t know… I only ask them for a photograph if I am interested in that person, if there is something in the whole story about them.”


Viva Gibb

 

“The people in my photographs are those who have survived at all odds – socially, racially, and economically – in our essentially bourgeois society; the lonely man next door, the old people who have lived in the area all their lives and are threatened with eviction, the homeless man whose only dream is to have a room of his own. In photographing the commonplace of the apparently trivial event of a woman holding her baby or a man standing in front of his home, I can see the transformation of a moment into a story unfolded by observation; the little dog by her side, the tender way the man puts his hand on her shoulder, the expression in her eyes, the garden, the ornaments on the mantelpiece, the city skyscrapers in the background and the traffic zooming past. The details fit together like pieces of a jigsaw, presenting a story of a lifetime and a constant reminder of the fragility of life itself. As an individual and an artist I can only hope to present a reality other than that presented by TV and the media. I believe that with humanity, compassion, and a re-examination of past values we can counter the destructive forces that threaten the very existence of a living environment on this earth.”


Viva Gibb, “In the Land of the Living (1981),” in Virginia Coventry (ed.), The Critical Distance: work with photography, politics, writing, exh. cat., Hale & Iremonger, Sydney, 1986, p. 92 quoted in Smith, Savannah; Garner, Helen; Maddison, Ruth (2026). On the streets where I live : Viva Gibb’s portrait of North and West Melbourne. Melbourne, Vic.: City of Melbourne, p. 15. Exhibition catalogue

 

“Gibb’s sympathetic representation of the urban environment was undergirded by her socio-political beliefs and compassionate worldview. She was alive to the forces of change impacting the lives of those around her and fiercely critical of one social class or race dominating another. Gibb was increasingly angered by wealth and expansion being valued at the expense of all else. She was troubled by environmental degradation and was an animal welfare advocate – a vegetarian from the age of 16 and a vegan later in life. She was also deeply concerned about the treatment and deprivations of First Nations people and the plight of those establishing new lives in Australia.”


Smith, Savannah; Garner, Helen; Maddison, Ruth (2026). On the streets where I live : Viva Gibb’s portrait of North and West Melbourne. Melbourne, Vic.: City of Melbourne, p. 14. Exhibition catalogue

 

 

West Melbourne

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Brian and his cats, 65 Capel Street, West Melbourne' 1978

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Brian and his cats, 65 Capel Street, West Melbourne
1978
Silver gelatin print
20 x 16.5 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Gibb’s portrait of North and West Melbourne is an important record of an inner urban area during a transformative moment in Melbourne’s history. On the city’s streets, radical countercultural ideals for a progressive society flourished through the activism of young people, while at the same time another chapter of the city’s history would close. In the 1970s and 1980s, amid the gentrification of the inner suburbs, West Melbourne flew under the radar for longer than most. It provided a countercultural community, which included artists and intellectuals, with low-cost space in which to live and work. Gibb’s house and studio were central to this community, a ‘social hub’ for ‘artists of all kinds, from the Pram Factory or the nascent Circus Oz’.10 For a period, they lived alongside longtime residents of the semi-industrial suburb. West Melbourne’s proximity to the railway, the docks and CBD meant it had been home to many working-class and migrant people who laboured in nearby industries or at Queen Victoria Market. Gibb’s photographs capture this amalgamated community – old and new – at this precise moment in time.

Capel Street was a focal point in this story of inner-suburban transformation. Many dilapidated properties in the area were leased out by Melbourne City Council following their acquisition ahead of the proposed redevelopment of the Queen Victoria Market. Gibb herself had moved to Capel Street as a council tenant. When the market redevelopment was abandoned in 1976, council’s continued property acquisition caused alarm among residents and business owners alike regarding the undisclosed intentions for the area. In response, the Capel Street and Peel Street Action Group was formed, of which Gibb was an active member. The group’s two concerns were the conservation of the Victorian-era terraces and cottages and compulsory eviction of long-term residents. Many of the heritage buildings survived, but the group was ultimately unsuccessful in protecting the community. Council began auctioning off the properties in December 1990. Most residents, unable to afford their properties, were forced to move on. …

Viva Gibb’s photographs express the sophisticated practice of an artist who cared deeply for her community and the world at large. Through her work we come to know a vibrant group of individuals, captured in their day-to-day lives. Her photographs are an important historical and cultural record that reminds us of the importance of people in our city’s history and future. But these images also offer a glimpse of Viva herself and her unique perspective on the world: her genuine compassion and affection for people, for animals and for the environment. Viva’s portrait of North and West Melbourne is distinctively hers – deeply aware, socially engaged and heartfelt.

10/ Niels Hutchison, ‘Appendix Five: Interview with Niels Hutchison, 13 February 2019’, in Jean Ely (ed.), Preserving Melbourne’s Colonial Past: Capel Street West Melbourne, 2019, p. 60

Smith, Savannah; Garner, Helen; Maddison, Ruth (2026). On the streets where I live : Viva Gibb’s portrait of North and West Melbourne. Melbourne, Vic.: City of Melbourne, pp. 16-17. Exhibition catalogue

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jem Towsey, 64 Capel Street, West Melbourne' 1978

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jem Towsey, 64 Capel Street, West Melbourne
1978
Silver gelatin print
20.5 x 16cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Giuseppe Lanteri 'The Boss' at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1979

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Giuseppe Lanteri ‘The Boss’ at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1979
Silver gelatin print
20 x 25.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Carmel Begun and Peter Starkey with Ruby, Alice and Lawrence, 24 Capel Street, West Melbourne' c. 1975-80

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Carmel Begun and Peter Starkey with Ruby, Alice and Lawrence, 24 Capel Street, West Melbourne
c. 1975-80
Silver gelatin print
17.5 x 12.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Man outside 18 Capel Street, West Melbourne' c. 1975-80

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Man outside 18 Capel Street, West Melbourne
c. 1975-80
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) ''Moonstruck', Joanne Healy and her boyfriend Harry, Capel Street, West Melbourne' c. 1977-78

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘Moonstruck’, Joanne Healy and her boyfriend Harry, Capel Street, West Melbourne
c. 1977-78
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Owners of Centenary Bakery and their son, 197 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1978

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Owners of Centenary Bakery and their son, 197 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1978
Silver gelatin print
25.5 x 20.5 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Owners of Centenary Bakery, 197 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1978 

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Owners of Centenary Bakery, 197 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1978
Silver gelatin print
21.5 x 16.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Peter Doley at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' c. 1979

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Peter Doley at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
c. 1979
Silver gelatin print
18 x 12.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Colin Cheng at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' c. 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Colin Cheng at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
c. 1980
Silver gelatin print
25.5 x 20.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Colin Cheng at home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne' c. 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Colin Cheng at home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne
c. 1980
Silver gelatin print
20 x 19 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Colin Cheng outside his home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne' 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Colin Cheng outside his home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne
1980
Silver gelatin print
21.5 x 16.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Colin Cheng outside his home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne' 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Colin Cheng outside his home, 26 Capel Street, West Melbourne
1980
Silver gelatin print
25.4 x 20.3cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Maria Lanteri 'Signora' at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' c. 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Maria Lanteri ‘Signora’ at Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
c. 1980
Silver gelatin print
21.5 x 16.5 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Man and his dog outside Radio Parts, corner of Spencer and Hawke Street, West Melbourne' c. 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Man and his dog outside Radio Parts, corner of Spencer and Hawke Street, West Melbourne
c. 1980
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jimmy at the Sunday barrel, 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jimmy at the Sunday barrel, 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
24 x 18cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) '‘Living in the city without a home’, Jimmy at the wholesale flower shop, 217 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘Living in the city without a home’, Jimmy at the wholesale flower shop, 217 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) ''It is the price of life’, Elsie, 55 Stanley Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘It is the price of life’, Elsie, 55 Stanley Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
37 x 30cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'James and Jim Healey at Viva's studio, 57 Stanley Street, West Melbourne' c. 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
James and Jim Healey at Viva’s studio, 57 Stanley Street, West Melbourne
c. 1982
24 x 17.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Maureen’s 85th birthday, Three Crowns Hotel, 365 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Maureen’s 85th birthday, Three Crowns Hotel, 365 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Skippy' outside 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘Skippy’ outside 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
24 x 18 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Skippy' outside 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
‘Skippy’ outside 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
24 x 18 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Alice, Eben, Rupert, Sybil and friends at Queen Victoria Market, Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1983

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Alice, Eben, Rupert, Sybil and friends at Queen Victoria Market, Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1983
Silver gelatin print
20.5 x 25.5 cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Giuseppe and Maria Lanteri with Maria's sister and niece outside Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1983

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Giuseppe and Maria Lanteri with Maria’s sister and niece outside Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1983
Silver gelatin print
17.5 x 24cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Giuseppe and Maria Lanteri with Maria's sister and niece outside Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1983

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Giuseppe and Maria Lanteri with Maria’s sister and niece outside Don Camillo Cafe, 215 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1983
Silver gelatin print
17.5 x 24cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Sybil and Vivian outside 10 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1985

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Sybil and Vivian outside 10 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1985
Silver gelatin print
25.5 x 20.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Mr Lindsay Williams, Hawke Street, West Melbourne' c. 1985

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Mr Lindsay Williams, Hawke Street, West Melbourne
c. 1985
Silver gelatin print
30 x 30cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jean collecting bottles outside 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' c. 1986

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jean collecting bottles outside 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
c. 1986
Silver gelatin print
20 x 16cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jean collecting bottles outside 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' c. 1986

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jean collecting bottles outside 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
c. 1986
Silver gelatin print
20 x 16cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jill and Tim, 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1988 

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jill and Tim, 44 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1988
Silver gelatin print
20 x 25.5cm
Loaned to the City of Melbourne by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Kennedy children, Three Crowns Hotel, 365 Victoria Street, West Melbourne' 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
The Kennedy children, Three Crowns Hotel, 365 Victoria Street, West Melbourne
1982
Silver gelatin print
24 x 18cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Bergin family and Tommy, 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1988

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
The Bergin family and Tommy, 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1988
Silver gelatin print
31.5 x 30.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Francy and Tommy, 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne' 1988 

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Francy and Tommy, 8 Hawke Street, West Melbourne
1988
Silver gelatin print
31.5 x 30.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

 

Viva Gibb was a part of the group of ‘northside’ social documentary photographers of the 1970s and 1980s (Ruth Maddison, Ponch Hawkes, Micky Allan, Helen Grace). She documented the suburbs of North and West Melbourne – where she lived – creating a distinctive, sympathetic portrait of her community during a transformative period in Melbourne’s history.

The exhibition has come about following a major donation of over 200 of Gibb’s photographs made to the Melbourne Art Trust in 2025, and will be the largest display of her work in over 30 years. The show features more than 250 images, including the artist’s photo albums. We have also published a small catalogue for the exhibition, which includes reflections written by Ruth Maddison and Helen Garner.

Text from the City Gallery website

 

“[Gibb] worked with a Rolleiflex medium-format camera for most of her portraiture, and a large-format 4 x 5-inch Graflex Speed Graphic press camera, tools that supported her patience and purpose, and built the trust of the person being photographed. The use of both offsets that sense of being scrutinised directly by the photographer that is imposed by an eye-level viewfinder or reflex camera, and one can see how Viva is standing above her camera or beside it, in eye contact with her subject, perhaps talking to them, calmly or animatedly depending on the reaction desired, as she presses the shutter.”

 Associate Professor James McArdle. “Stance,” on the On This Date In Photography website, March 19, 2026 [Online] Cited 06/07/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

North Melbourne

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Couple with dog at Lort Smith Animal Hospital, 24 Villiers Street, North Melbourne' c. 1977 

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Couple with dog at Lort Smith Animal Hospital, 24 Villiers Street, North Melbourne
c. 1977
Silver gelatin print
24 x 18cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Maxine Du Barry at Trish's Coffee Lounge, 126 Peel Street, North Melbourne' 1979

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Maxine Du Barry at Trish’s Coffee Lounge, 126 Peel Street, North Melbourne
1979
Silver gelatin print
25 x 20.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Butcher, Errol Street, North Melbourne' c. 1980

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Butcher, Errol Street, North Melbourne
c. 1980
Silver gelatin print
17 x 15cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Mr Lindsay Williams at his barber and tobacconist shop, Errol Street, North Melbourne' c. 1982

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Mr Lindsay Williams at his barber and tobacconist shop, Errol Street, North Melbourne
c. 1982
Silver gelatin print
20 x 25cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Jack Rozen at his barber shop, 9 Errol Street, North Melbourne' 1983

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Jack Rozen at his barber shop, 9 Errol Street, North Melbourne
1983
Silver gelatin print
17.5 x 12.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Man at Jack Rozen's barber shop, 9 Errol Street, North Melbourne' c. 1983

 

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017)
Man at Jack Rozen’s barber shop, 9 Errol Street, North Melbourne
c. 1983
Silver gelatin print
22 x 17.5cm
Donated by Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy to the Melbourne Art Trust in memory of Viva Gibb 2025
© Courtesy of the Estate of Viva Gibb

 

 

In 2025, Melbourne Art Trust acquired a major donation by artist and social-documentary photographer Viva Jillian Gibb (1945-2017). Generously made by the artist’s children, Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy, it comprises more than 200 silver gelatin photographs taken between the mid-1970s and the early 1990s. On the street where I live showcases works from this donation, alongside several prints and photo albums loaned from the artist’s family. Taking its title from one of these albums, the exhibition re-examines this period of Gibb’s practice, reintroducing an artist whose vast body of work has largely lain dormant for three decades.

Born in Bobinawarrah, Victoria, Gibb was first and foremost an artist. She was unwavering in her pursuit of this. She undertook a diploma of art at Wangaratta Technical College (1961-65); moved to Melbourne to study painting at the National Gallery Art School (1965-68); and studied printmaking at the Victorian College of the Arts (VCA; 1973-74). Photography became the focus of her practice only after her postgraduate study. 

Moving to West Melbourne in 1975, Gibb quickly established her first dedicated darkroom at 72 Capel Street. Her technical printmaking skills carried over to photography’s hands-on processes. She had an array of photographic papers, often shooting to print on a particular paper. Her son Rupert recalls, “she knew exactly how black she wanted her blacks to be and how bright her highlights were and knew her exposures so well that she was rarely wasteful with film’.1 She worked with a Rolleiflex medium-format camera and a large-format 4 x 5” Graflex Speed Graphic press camera.

The community of North and West Melbourne was Gibb’s foremost subject between the mid-1970s and early 1990s. Her sustained documentation of those living and working in this area remains unmatched. The prolific nature of her practice is evident in the number of photographs – more than 250 – on display in this exhibition, a small fraction of the work she produced.

In the late 1980s, Gibb’s commitment to social justice led her to South Africa, where she documented people’s lives in towns and villages under apartheid. She also travelled to Hong Kong and China, photographing markets and sacred sites for a series titled Of Gods and Animals, which commented on the contrast between spiritual traditions and lived realities.

Returning to Australia, Gibb noted the lack of photographic training opportunities for Aboriginal women. In response, she approached the Victorian Women’s Trust for funding to facilitate a photography cadetship program. The first recipients of these funded cadetships were Maree Clarke and Kim Kruger. 

Gibb began what would become her last photographic series in the 1990s. The Way: Religious Ceremonies in Victoria documented the ceremonies and events of multicultural communities. She wanted to draw attention to the historical significance of these events, especially for migrants, who she saw as having managed, against great odds, to maintain their cultural practices in Australia.

The premature end of Gibb’s practice, around 2000, was likely brought about by the digital turn in photography, changes to which she never adapted. She kept photographically documenting her friends and family but returned to painting until she passed away in 2017. 

From her first solo exhibition in 1978, Gibb’s work was exhibited throughout the 1980s, including at the National Gallery of Victoria (NGV) and National Gallery of Australia. Today, her photographs are held in significant public collections across the country. In 2019, the Museum of Australian Photography was the first public gallery to show her work in more than 30 years. On the street where I live builds on this, situating Gibb’s work in relation to her contemporaries and the broader social, political and cultural context of the time.

Text from Smith, Savannah; Garner, Helen; Maddison, Ruth (2026). On the streets where I live: Viva Gibb’s portrait of North and West Melbourne. Melbourne, Vic.: City of Melbourne, pp. 6-7. Exhibition catalogue

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

Work and Life

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

At the Studio

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

North Melbourne

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

Hawke Street

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

Victoria Street

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026

 

Installation views of the exhibition On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March – August, 2026
Photos: Tobias Titz

 

 

The rehabilitation of Gibb’s reputation has come in two stages, each through a different institutional imperative. The first was the 2019 donation by her children, Sybil Gibb and Rupert Duffy, of a significant body of work to the Monash Gallery of Art (now the Museum of Australian Photography, or MAPh). This gift – silver gelatin prints from the West and North Melbourne years – led directly to A Place in Time: Photographs by Viva Gibb, which opened at MAPh in July 2019. It was, as the institution noted, the first public gallery showing of her work in more than thirty years. MAPh’s interest was in photography’s history: Gibb as a figure in Australian documentary practice, her technical mastery of the silver gelatin print, her place in the feminist photography network of the 1970s and ’80s.

The second act of institutional recognition came in 2025, when Sybil and Rupert donated over 200 silver gelatin prints to the Melbourne Art Trust – managed by the City of Melbourne’s Art and Heritage Collection. This donation, which came about through a stroke of chance (a separate donor mentioned Sybil Gibb to curator Savannah Smith, who then made contact), led to On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb’s Portrait of North and West Melbourne, which opened at City Gallery in Melbourne Town Hall on 12 March 2026 and runs until 7 August.

The City of Melbourne’s interest is civic and historical: Gibb’s photographs are a record of what West Melbourne was before gentrification arrived, before council auctioned off the properties it had accumulated, before the working-class and migrant community was priced out and dispersed. The exhibition is partly an act of municipal memory – an acknowledgement of what was lost when, in Gibb’s own words, “all those interesting faces which told a story” were gone.

These are not contradictory interests, but distinct, and reveal how photographic reputations may be restored: through the convergence of estate generosity, curatorial initiative, and institutional need. The photographs remain the same; what changed was who needed them, and why.

Associate Professor James McArdle. “Stance,” on the On This Date In Photography website, March 19, 2026 [Online] Cited 06/07/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Viva Gibb albums

Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026 showing Viva Gibb's photo albums in a display case
Installation view of the exhibition 'On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb' at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March - August, 2026 showing Viva Gibb's photo albums in a display case

 

Installation view of the exhibition On the Street Where I Live: Viva Gibb at the City Gallery, Melbourne, March – August, 2026 showing Viva Gibb’s photo albums in a display case
Photos: Tobias Titz

 

The Street Where I Live 1974-1978 photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live 1974-1978' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live 1974-1978' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live 1974-1978' photo album

 The Street Where I Live photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'The Street Where I Live ' photo album

Boppin’ in West Melbourne photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Boppin' in West Melbourne' photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Boppin' in West Melbourne' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Boppin' in West Melbourne' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Boppin' in West Melbourne' photo album

West Melb. 1980-1985 photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'West Melb. 1980-1985' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'West Melb. 1980-1985' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'West Melb. 1980-1985' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'West Melb. 1980-1985' photo album

Those were the days my friend photo album

Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album
Viva Gibb (Australian, 1945-2017) 'Those were the days my friend' photo album

 

 

City Gallery
Enter via Customer Service
City Gallery
110 Swanston St
Melbourne 3000

Opening hours:
Monday – Friday 8.30am – 5pm

City Gallery website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Photographs: Aaron Siskind ‘Harlem Photographs’ 1932-1940

“This is where I think that Siskind was less than happy with the results of his documentary photographs – that they weren’t giving him what he wanted out of his art: that interface of the image and imagination.” Dr Marcus Bunyan

July 2026

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Boys in Empty Tenement' c. 1935

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Boys in Empty Tenement
c. 1935
Gelatin silver print

 

 

Image and imagination

I always find it fascinating to view the first few years of an artist’s journey, the golden path they take, for it more than likely informs all that is to come.

In the greatest abstract expressionist photographer the world has known, Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991), his starting point was as a straight documentary photographer, a member of the New York Photo League, a “left-leaning documentary collective, which prioritised using photography to advocate for social change.”

Using a large format camera and tripod Siskind, for his photo project Harlem Document, captured “the vibrancy, harsh realities, and daily life of the Black community in Harlem” – images which had their roots in American social documentary photography of the period and photographers such as Jacob Riis, Lewis Hine, Walker Evans, Dorothea Lange, Gordon Parks and the photographers of the Farm Security Administration (FSA) government program (1935-1944) which documented the struggles of rural Americans during the Great Depression.

As I have written in a 2023 text titled “Transcending reality”, “To my mind American photographers of the 1930s took photographs not only to document but also to honor what was greater and more interesting than they were. Not as a melding of reality-dream … but as an exploration of what is possible through the interface of the image and imagination, the interface as Ansel Adams put it “between the reality of the world and the reality of yourself”.”

This is where I think that Siskind was less than happy with the results of his documentary photographs – that they weren’t giving him what he wanted out of his art: that interface of the image and imagination.

“In working from the documentary approach, I had always tried to find what kind of meaning you could get in a picture of that kind, and was beginning to feel that I was not getting it. I felt I wasn’t getting anything really personal, really powerful and special…. My documentary pictures were very quiet and very formal.”1

Moving into the 1940s Siskind began experimenting with more abstract compositions (with their link to Abstract Expressionist painting). Evidence of this reorientation in his image making can already be seen in some of the documentary photographs in this posting. For example, the photographs Facades (1938, below) and Harlem (1938, below) both propose the flattening of the photographic surface with an interest in the geometry and abstraction of form – circle, oblong, square, diagonal, curve, line – within the pictorial plane, but with an attendant emphasis on light, texture and tone.

“Though he did not create the lines, shapes, rhythms and patterns in his images, he nonetheless expressed the lyricism of their relationships by harmoniously arriving at the perfect composition. And though his abstract photographs possessed undeniable content, he subverted that content by offering new interpretive possibilities based on the feelings the images conveyed.”2

Image and imagination.

Thus, Siskind was intelligent enough, was aware and informed enough, of his feelings towards the world and the cultural developments around him to approach a crossroads in his development as an artist, to recognise, that is the key word, to recognise the path he needed, he wanted to take.

And so we are forever grateful to have his abstract expressionist photographs that his spirit guided him towards, photographs that may also light our own path.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

PS. I have added relevant information on Siskind’s art practice, theatres, and ballrooms where possible and I have also included an extract from Gordon Parks’ forward to Siskind’s book Harlem Document.

 

1/ Jaromir Stephany unpublished interview with Aaron Siskind, February 1963. This interview is in the private papers of Jaormir Stephany quoted in Marcia Battle. “Harlem: A Document,” in Harlem Document: Photographs 1932-1940. Washington and London: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1990, pp. 4-6

2/ Phillip Barcio. “How Aaron Siskind Found Abstraction On The Streets,” on the Ideelart website, Feb 15, 2017 [Online] Cited 17/07/2026


Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“Photography has tremendous social value. Upon the photographer rests the responsibility and duty of recording a true image of the world as it is today. Moreover, he must not only show us how we live, but indicate the logical development of our lives.”


Photo Notes, newsletter of the Photo League, August 1938

 

 

Aaron Siskind’s photographs from 1935-1940 form the core of the Harlem Document, a landmark sociological and visual study commissioned by the New York Photo League. Siskind headed the Feature Group of this radical, left-leaning documentary collective, which prioritised using photography to advocate for social change. The images capture the vibrancy, harsh realities, and daily life of the Black community in Harlem during the Great Depression.

Google AI

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Kitchen Scene' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Kitchen Scene
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

From 1937 to 1944, Siskind took pictures in and around Harlem – of its businesses, domestic interiors, religious and social organisations, and nightlife. He did so as a member of the New York Photo League – a documentary photography collective with roots in radical leftist politics – and in collaboration with journalist and sociologist Michael Carter and other photographers as part of a cultural study of Harlem. In 1981 fifty-two of Siskind’s images were published in the book Harlem Document: Photographs 1932-1940 alongside first-person interviews conducted in the late 1930s by writers employed by the Federal Writers Project, including novelist and essayist Ralph Ellison.

MoMA Gallery label from 2024

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Apollo Theatre' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Apollo Theater
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Apollo Theater

Since opening its doors in 1914 and introducing the first Amateur Night contests in 1934, The Apollo has played a major role in the emergence of jazz, swing, bebop, R&B, gospel, blues, and soul – all quintessentially American music genres. Ella Fitzgerald, Sarah Vaughan, Billie Holiday, Sammy Davis Jr., James Brown, Gladys Knight, Luther Vandross, D’Angelo, Lauryn Hill, and countless others began their road to stardom on the Apollo stage. Today, The Apollo is a respected nonprofit presenting concerts, theatrical and dance performances, film screenings, educational programs, and community outreach programs.

The neoclassical theater known today as The Apollo’s Historic Theater was designed by George Keister and first owned by Sidney Cohen. In 1914, Benjamin Hurtig and Harry Seamon obtained a thirty-year lease on the newly constructed theater, calling it Hurtig and Seamon’s New Burlesque Theater. Like many American theaters during this time, African-Americans were not allowed to attend as patrons or to perform.

In 1933, Fiorello La Guardia, who would later become New York City’s Mayor, began a campaign against burlesque, and Hurtig & Seamon’s was one of many theaters that would close down. Cohen reopened the building as the 125th Street Apollo Theatre in 1934 with his partner, Morris Sussman, serving as manager. Cohen and Sussman changed the format of the shows from burlesque to variety revues and redirected their marketing attention to the growing African-American community in Harlem.

Frank Schiffman and Leo Brecher took over The Apollo in 1935. The Schiffman and Brecher families would operate the Theater until the late 1970s. The Apollo reopened briefly in 1978 under new management then closed again in November 1979. In 1981, it was purchased by Percy Sutton, a prominent lawyer, politician, media and technology executive, and a group of private investors. Under Sutton’s ownership, the Theater was equipped with a recording and television studio.

Text from the Apollo Theater website. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Lady In Kitchen' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Lady In Kitchen
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

 

Aaron Siskind’s artistic trajectory parallels broader shifts within mid-20th-century American photography. In the 1930s he cut his teeth as a documentary photographer affiliated with the Workers Film and Photo League, an artists’ cooperative that strove to advance progressive political causes. The following decade saw him turn away from studies of society. For the remainder of his career, he created still lifes that aimed to articulate interior states through near-abstract visual fields. Of this dramatic shift in his practice, the artist said, “For some reason or other there was in me the desire to see the world clean and fresh and alive.”1

Siskind’s documentary work was carefully planned and researched in advance. He honed this approach at the Film and Photo League, which he joined in 1933, only three years after receiving his first camera as a honeymoon gift. Among this community of photographers and filmmakers – many of them, like Siskind, the New York-born children of Jewish immigrants – he found technical guidance and critical feedback. When the League’s photographers broke from its filmmakers to establish the standalone Photo League in 1936, Siskind helped form its Feature Group, a unit dedicated to creating photo essays like those appearing in LIFE magazine and being produced by the Farm Security Administration. Collaborative at its core, the Feature Group prioritised the free exchange of ideas: each project began with a discussion of how to approach photographing its subject and ended with the group assessing their effort collectively. “We discovered a relationship between the clarity of one’s thought and feeling and the clarity of picture-making,” Siskind recalled of these formative dialogues.2

Of the many projects the Feature Group completed during Siskind’s four years of leadership, its most extended and ambitious was Harlem Document. This expansive cultural study of Harlem, undertaken between 1937 and 1940 in close consultation with the sociologist Michael Carter, originally aimed to produce a photographically illustrated book authored by Carter. Although the publication never materialised, Siskind’s photographs for Harlem Document indicate the project’s ambitious scope, depicting street life, domestic interiors, and gathering spots ranging from churches to dance halls to theaters.

Samuel Allen, Curatorial Assistant, The Robert B. Menschel Department of Photography, 2025 on the MoMA website [Online] Cited 14/07/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

1/ Aaron Siskind, “The Drama of Objects,” Minicam Photography 8, no. 9 (June 1945), 23. 

2/ Aaron Siskind, “The Feature Group,” Photo Notes (June-July 1940), 7. 

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Lafayette Theatre' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Lafayette Theatre
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Lafayette Theatre

The Lafayette Theatre (1912–1951), known locally as “the House Beautiful”, was one of the most famous theaters in the Harlem neighbourhood of Manhattan in New York City. It was an entertainment venue located at 132nd Street and 7th Avenue. The first major theatre in New York to desegregate, in its early history the theatre was home to the African American repertory theatre company the Lafayette Players. This group was originally founded by Anita Bush as Anita Bush Stock Company in 1914 and became a part of the Lafayette Theatre in 1916 when the theatre bought the stock company. The Lafayette Players was a successful company from the 1910s through the 1930s; after which the company floundered. In 1951 the theatre closed and was sold to the Williams Institutional Christian Methodist Episcopal Church. The structure was demolished in 2013.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Night Club I' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Night Club I
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Peace Meals' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Peace Meals
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind’s Harlem document, a mirror of my own past, speaks explicitly for itself. It is an ongoing memory of black people living in crowded kitchenettes; suffering the loneliness of rented bedrooms; prating in leftover churches, and grasping a patch of happiness whenever and wherever they could find it. It is a nostalgic look at a kind of past that threatens to hang around Harlem for a long time to come – to doom it to further frustration and unrest. Those same tenements that once imprisoned me are still there, refusing to crumble, holding other restless black boys for sentence without trial.

I remember swarms of slow-moving people, moving close together up on Lenox Avenue – past child shacks, rib joints, funeral parlours and storefront churches- knowing one another but seldom bothering to speak. A city of blackness crammed inside a white city where, when you walked our the door, you became a stranger. …

Harlem has meant a lot of things to a lot of people. For me, in those days, it meant hunger, cultural devastation, unrequited longing and disillusionment. To others it was the swinging, exciting capitol of the entire Black world, the exotic Mecca of melting music, good times and dancing feet. Yet, for some, it was a sanctuary where loftier dreams were fostered; where now and then some of those dreams were realised, but where mostly they were hopelessly spent. To just about everyone who has worked in the vital processes of its survival, whose life has been textured by its tradition, Harlem is a place that won’t give up. Wobbly now under the impact of the past decades, its history mirror those problems its mother country once endured.

Extract from Gordon Parks. “Foreword,” in Harlem Document: Photographs 1932-1940. Washington and London: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1990. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Street Scene' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Street Scene
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Wishing Tree' 1937

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Wishing Tree
1937
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Church Interior' 1938

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Church Interior
1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Facades' 1938

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Facades
1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Harlem' 1938

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Harlem
1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind’s interest in photography developed after his experiences with both music and poetry when he was an English teacher in the New York public school system. His early pictures were said to have been attempts at transferring musical and poetic concepts into images.2 Later, as a young adult, Siskind did everything from making political speeches on soapboxes in Manhattan to becoming a member of the Junior Young People’s Socialist League (YPSL).3

A friend gave Siskind his first camera in 1930. He soon discovered his attraction for the instrument, and almost simultaneously he discovered and joined the Photo league. At the League he found people who shared his political and social concerns and who were capable and willing to discuss technical information about photography. Many of the members were children of Jewish immigrants and most, like Siskind, were well educated. Their exhibited images documented illiteracy, discrimination, and poverty and called for social reforms on behalf of the working classes. Before joining the League, Siskind had already photographed some of the poverty-stricken areas of Manhattan and was searching for reaction and criticism to these pictures. …

As a photographer Siskind explored symbols and metaphors to create a visual relationship that balanced aesthetic concerns with social documents. Throughout his career the contrast of subject and symbol have dominated. …

With his work in Harlem Siskind’s style may have been changing. “In working from the documentary approach, I had always tried to find what kind of meaning you could get in a picture of that kind, and was beginning to feel that I was not getting it. I felt I wasn’t getting anything really personal, really powerful and special…. My documentary picture were very quiet and very formal.”4

Extract from Marcia Battle. “Harlem: A Document,” in Harlem Document: Photographs 1932-1940. Washington and London: Smithsonian Institution Press, 1990, pp. 4-6. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

2/ Carl Chiarenza, Aaron Siskind: Pleasures and Terrors (Little, Brown and Co.,), 6.

3/ Carl Chiarenza, “Form and Content in the Early Work of Aaron Siskind,” The Massachusetts Review 19:4 (Winter 1978): 810.

4/ Jaromir Stephany unpublished interview with Aaron Siskind, February 1963. This interview is in the private papers of Jaormir Stephany.

  

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Savoy Dancers' 1938

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Savoy Dancers
1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Savoy Dancers

The “Savoy Dancers” refer to the pioneering African American dancers who developed the Lindy Hop and other swing dances at the legendary Savoy Ballroom in Harlem, New York. Open from 1926 to 1958, the integrated ballroom housed iconic performers like Frankie Manning and Norma Miller who defined the “home of happy feet”.

These legendary dancers revolutionised social dancing by bringing athleticism, airborne aerials, and improvisational jazz styling to the Lindy Hop. Their legacy continues to thrive through modern swing dance communities and archival footage preserved in documentaries like The Spirit Moves.

About the Savoy Ballroom

From 1926 to 1958, the Savoy Ballroom stood at 596 Lenox Avenue as one of the first racially integrated public spaces in the United States. Its 10,000-square-foot, spring-loaded dance floor welcomed thousands nightly and launched a global dance phenomenon. The Savoy hosted legendary artists including Chick Webb, Duke Ellington, Ella Fitzgerald, and Count Basie, cementing its place at the heart of Harlem’s cultural history.

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'St. Joseph's House - The Catholic Worker Movement' c. 1939

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
St. Joseph’s House – The Catholic Worker Movement
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Grocery Store' 1940

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Grocery Store
1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Lady and Lamp' 1940

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Lady and Lamp
1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Street Scene' 1940

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Street Scene
1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991) 'Watermelon Man' 1940

 

Aaron Siskind (American, 1902-1991)
Watermelon Man
1940
Gelatin silver print

 

 

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light’ at NGV International, Melbourne, Part 2

“Aesthetically (both pictorially and in exhibition design) there is a wonderful frisson to the grouping of the photographs in these darker, enclosed, tightly curated gallery spaces that is so intoxicating to the senses.” Dr Marcus Bunyan

Exhibition dates: 28th November, 2025 – 3rd May, 2026

Curator: Maggie Finch, Curator of Photography at the NGV

 

Dora Maar (French 1907-1997) 'Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening, Mougins, summer, 1937' (Pablo Picasso debout sous les cannisses, Mougins, été, 1937) 1937

 

Dora Maar (French 1907-1997)
Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening, Mougins, summer, 1937 (Pablo Picasso debout sous les cannisses, Mougins, été, 1937)
1937
Gelatin silver photograph
22.0 x 17.2cm (image)
23.1 x 18.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
© Dora Maar. Licensed by Copyright Agency, Australia

 

After being introduced to Pablo Picasso in 1935, Dora Maar became his lover, model and muse until their tumultuous liaison ended in 1943. During their time together, Maar famously documented the creation of the monumental painting Guernica in Picasso’s Paris studio. This portrait captures the artist at ease, bathed in an endlessly echoing lineation of shadows from the above reed screen. The portrait Maar took of Picasso a year later, displayed nearby, shows him seated outside, his eyes glinting with intensity. Both images were taken in Mougins, near Cannes, an area that Picasso returned to every summer.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

 

The interface of light

For much of its running length this exhibition of cinematic scope at the National Gallery of Victoria curated by the dependable Maggie Finch is a stimulating ride.

The early galleries in particular are a joy to behold, mixing as they do international and Australian female photographers mainly from the period between the two world wars. This placement of Australian photography in an international context (or vice versa) is something I have desired to see for a very long time in an Australian photographic exhibition. One informing the other. And it works so well!

Aesthetically (both pictorially and in exhibition design) there is a wonderful frisson to the grouping of the photographs in these darker, enclosed, tightly curated gallery spaces that is so intoxicating to the senses. Ruth Hollick meets Madame d’Ora, Florence Henri meets Yamawaki Michiko, and Olive Cotton meets Dora Maar on the gallery walls, interwoven into an intertextual conversation on photography that spans identities, countries and continents. Perhaps not a legacy of light rather the interface of light, a shared connection, one nexus to another. I could have breathed in these photographs for hours!

That energy starts to dissipate as the gallery spaces open out in the second half of the exhibition, especially in the section ‘People and Place’ (see below). Poor Farm Security Administration prints of now famous photographs printed very flatly in the mid-1970s and purchased for the gallery in the same time period don’t help the cause – they need to be replaced in the collection with more appropriate prints of these images.

By the time of the final section, ‘New Ways Of Seeing: Portraits, Intimacy, Liberation’ (see below), the international representation has disappeared altogether and all the intoxicating energy has gone. In this section we find strong, eloquent and important Australian photographs from the period – conceptual, feminist, and on liberation – but it would have been great to have seen them paired with photographs from international photographers such as Cindy Sherman, Mary Ellen Mark, and VALIE EXPORT for example.

On reflection I can say that this is a strong exhibition from the NGV coherently and intelligently curated by Maggie Finch. It is fantastic to see that the gallery has been “splashing the cash” in recent years – supported by Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and the Bowness family – with over 170 new acquisitions for the photographic collection.

However for a public gallery, with most of the photographs already in the collection, to charge $25 entry price is really beyond the pale. I went twice to see the exhibition and $50 is a fair whack of money out of anyone’s budget.

Dr Marcus Bunyan


Many thankx to the NGV for allowing me to publish the media images in the posting. All installation photographs © Marcus Bunyan. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image. View Part 1 of the posting.

 

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, Lee Miller 'Nimet Eloui Bey' (c. 1930); Lee Miller 'Man Ray' (1931); Gisele Freund's 'Simone de Beauvoir '(1952 printed c. 1975), 'Jean-Paul Satre' (1939 printed c. 1975), 'Vita Sackville-West' (1938 printed c. 1975) and 'Virginia Woolfe' (1939 printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Lee Miller Nimet Eloui Bey (c. 1930, below); Lee Miller Man Ray (1931, below); Gisele Freund’s Simone de Beauvoir (1952 printed c. 1975, below), Jean-Paul Satre (1939 printed c. 1975, below), Vita Sackville-West (1938 printed c. 1975, below) and Virginia Woolfe (1939 printed c. 1975, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light celebrates the wide-ranging photographic practices of more than eighty women artists working between 1900 and 1975. Featuring prints, postcards, photobooks and magazines, the exhibition explores the role of photographers as image-makers, and the ways in which women artists create an image of themselves, of others, of the times – from images of the women’s suffrage movement at the turn of the twentieth century, through to the women’s liberation movement and beyond. From Melbourne to Tokyo, Paris to Buenos Aires, the exhibition showcases the works of trailblazing artists such as Berenice Abbott, Lola Álvarez Bravo, Claude Cahun and Marcel Moore, Imogen Cunningham, Mikki Ferrill, Sue Ford, Christine Godden, Ponch Hawkes, Annemarie Heinrich, Ruth Hollick, Florence Henri, Kati Horna, Germaine Krull, Tina Modotti, Lucia Moholy, Toyoko Tokiwa, Yamazawa Eiko and many more.

The exhibition reflects a recent collecting focus on celebrating the contributions of women artists of the early twentieth century in the NGV Photography Collection. Featuring portraiture, photojournalism, landscape photography, photomontage, experimental avant-garde imagery and more, Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light presents the diverse work of women photographers against the backdrop of significant social, political and cultural events.

Text from the NGV website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, Lee Miller 'Nimet Eloui Bey' (c. 1930) and Lee Miller 'Man Ray' (1931)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Lee Miller Nimet Eloui Bey (c. 1930, below) and Lee Miller Man Ray (1931, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Lee Miller (American, 1907-1977) 'Nimet Eloui Bey' c. 1930 (installation view)

 

Lee Miller (American, 1907-1977)
Nimet Eloui Bey (installation view)
c. 1930
Gelatin silver photograph
23.0 x 15.8cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
© Lee Miller Archives, England 2023

 

At her Paris studio, Lee Miller photographed this self-assured portrait of Egyptian model Nimet Eloui Bey. The model’s direct, inescapable gaze grips the viewer, perhaps foreshadowing the conflict to come. In the years after Miller took this portrait, she and her subject’s businessman husband, Aziz Eloui Bey, would pursue a passionate affair, resulting in divorce and the explosive end to Miller’s relationship with artist Man Ray. After leaving Paris, Miller set up a successful new studio in New York in 1932, before marrying Aziz and moving with him to Cairo.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Lee Miller (American, 1907-1977) 'Man Ray' 1931 (installation view)

 

Lee Miller (American, 1907-1977)
Man Ray (installation view)
1931
Gelatin silver photograph
23.1 x 17.5cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased with funds donated by Joy And

 

Lee Miller (American, 1890-1976) 'Man Ray' 1931

 

Lee Miller (American, 1890-1976)
Man Ray
1931
Gelatin silver photograph
23.1 x 17.5cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased with funds donated by Joy Anderson, 2024
© Lee Miller Archives, England 2023. All rights reserved

 

Following a successful modelling career, Lee Miller moved to Paris in 1929. Intending to study under the Surrealist artist and photographer Man Ray, she soon became his assistant, model and lover. This portrait of Man Ray was taken in 1931, when Miller was working out of her small Montparnasse home studio. The artist appears to be lost in thought, his dilated pupils and furrowed brow suggesting an idea revealing itself. While the image shows reverence for the contemplative artist, it also hints at the couple’s domestic ease, with Man Ray appearing comfortable in the presence of Miller’s camera.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Gisèle Freund's 'Simone de Beauvoir' (1952 printed c. 1975) and 'Jean-Paul Satre' (1939 printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Gisèle Freund’s Simone de Beauvoir (1952 printed c. 1975) and Jean-Paul Satre (1939 printed c. 1975)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Gisèle Freund's 'Vita Sackville-West' (1938 printed c. 1975) and 'Virginia Woolfe' (1939 printed c. 1975)
Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Gisèle Freund's 'Vita Sackville-West' (1938 printed c. 1975) and 'Virginia Woolfe' (1939 printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Gisèle Freund’s Vita Sackville-West (1938 printed c. 1975) and Virginia Woolfe (1939 printed c. 1975)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

In 1933 Gisèle Freund fled Frankfurt for Paris, where she studied photographic portraiture at the Sorbonne. Uniquely for the time, she used Kodachrome and Agfacolor positive film for her colour portraits of writers and artists in Paris – her portrait of James Joyce was selected as the first colour cover of Time magazine in 1939. That same year she photographed Virginia Woolf at her home in Tavistock Square, London. Freund later recalled of her encounter with Woolf, ‘frail, luminous, she was the very incarnation of her prose’.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

In Exchange: Social Milieu and Collaboration

The intertwined lives of avant-garde artists working in the interwar period often played out in works of art depicting friendship and love. Photographers captured these relationships, often revealing both the affection and the complex relations between themselves and their artistic collaborators, muses and subjects.

Paris in the interwar period was a hotbed for artistic exchange. Between 1935 and 1936, Dora Maar photographed her then partner Pablo Picasso in her Paris studio. She also created collaborative images with fellow Surrealists such as Léonor Fini, Jacqueline Lamba and André Breton. Lee Miller, also working in Paris during this period, photographed her lover and artistic partner Man Ray. Miller, in turn, was the subject of many of Man Ray’s own works.

In Mexico, Kati Horna frequently photographed her close friend, British-born painter and writer Leonora Carrington. Lola Álvarez Bravo’s image of the Spanish Surrealist artist Remedios Varo is another example of the playful and experimental collaborations between artists at the time. Such photographs demonstrate the mutual influence between women artists.

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Dora Maar including at second right, photographs of Picasso (1935-1936) and at right, 'Self-portrait at the window' (c. 1935)
Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Dora Maar including at second right, photographs of Picasso (1935-1936) and at right, 'Self-portrait at the window' (c. 1935)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Dora Maar including at second right, photographs of Picasso (1935-1936, below) and at right, Self-portrait at the window (c. 1935, below)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Dora Maar of Picasso (1935-1936)
Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Dora Maar of Picasso (1935-1936)

 

(clockwise from bottom left)

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997)
No title (Pablo Picasso facing left)
No title (Pablo Picasso facing right, holding a cigarette)
No title (Profile of Pablo Picasso facing left)
No title (Pablo Picasso facing left, with left hand to mouth) (installation view)
1935-1936
Gelatin silver photographs
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997) 'Self-portrait at the window' c. 1935 (installation view)

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997)
Self-portrait at the window (installation view)
c. 1935
Gelatin silver print
Private collection, Melbourne
Promised gift
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997) 'Dawn' 1935 Reproduced in 'Minotaure' No. 8, 1936 (installation view)
Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997) 'Dawn' 1935 Reproduced in 'Minotaure' No. 8, 1936 (installation view)

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997)
Dawn (installation view)
1935
Reproduced in Minotaure No. 8, 1936
Magazine: offset lithographs and printed text
Shaw Research Library
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

The framing of Dora Maar’s Self-portrait at the window, Paris, c. 1935, is mired in this portrait taken by Maar of her friend Jacqueline Lamba, published in the Surrealist magazine Minotaure in June 1936. As art historian and theorist

Abigail Solomon-Godeau writes, ‘Lambda might be viewed as contained or imprisoned by the stone wall behind which she stands … Alternately, the photograph might be seen as the space of domesticity, overcome by time and brambles’. For Solomon-Godeau, it is also, importantly, an ‘exchange between two women artists’.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Dora Maar's 'Pablo Picasso' (1938); 'Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening. Mougins, summer, 1937' (1937) and 'Aperitif in the garden of the Hotel Vaste Horizon with Andre Breton, Jacqueline lamb, Paul and Nusch Eluard. Mougins, 1936-1937' (1936-1937)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Dora Maar’s Pablo Picasso (1938, below); Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening. Mougins, summer, 1937 (1937, top of posting) and Aperitif in the garden of the Hotel Vaste Horizon with Andre Breton, Jacqueline lamb, Paul and Nusch Eluard. Mougins, 1936-1937 (1936-1937)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997) 'Pablo Picasso' 1938 (installation view)

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997)
Pablo Picasso (installation view)
1938
Gelatin silver print
11.9 x 17.9cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dora Maar (French 1907-1997) 'Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening, Mougins, summer, 1937' (Pablo Picasso debout sous les cannisses, Mougins, été, 1937) 1937 (installation view)

 

Dora Maar (French, 1907-1997)
Pablo Picasso standing under reed screening, Mougins, summer, 1937 (Pablo Picasso debout sous les cannisses, Mougins, été, 1937) (installation view)
1937
22.0 x 17.2cm (image)
23.1 x 18.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, Berenice Abbott 'Eugène Atget' 1927

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, Berenice Abbott Eugène Atget (1927, printed c. 1970-1978)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Berenice Abbott (American, 1898-1991) 'Janet Flanner' 1927

 

Berenice Abbott (American, 1898-1991)
Janet Flanner
1927
Gelatin silver photograph
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024

 

While living in Paris in the 1920s, Berenice Abbott produced an extraordinary body of images featuring the artists, writers and performers in her social circle, such as Eugène Atget, Jean Cocteau and James Joyce. This portrait of American
writer Janet Flanner was also captured by Abbott during this time. A journalist who wrote under the pen name ‘Genêt’, Flanner was a long-term contributor to The New Yorker and a prominent member of the expatriate community living in Paris during the interwar period. In this portrait, Flanner is photographed wearing a suit with striped pants and a top hat, upon which are stacked two masks, adding a Surrealist edge to the image.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Kati Horna (Mexican born Hungary, 1912-2000) 'Leonora Carrington' 1957 (installation view)

 

Kati Horna (Mexican born Hungary, 1912-2000)
Leonora Carrington (installation view)
1957
Gelatin silver photograph
24.2 x 18.2cm (image)
25.3 x 20.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Born to a Jewish family in Hungary, Kati Horna was forced to leave Europe following the rise of Nazism. She belonged to the circle of Surrealist expatriate artists in Mexico producing experimental images. In this photocollage, Horna has superimposed an image of British-born painter and writer Leonora Carrington – a close friend of hers – onto a reproduction of Hans Holbein the Younger’s 1518 painting Portrait of an unknown young man. Created on the occasion of Carrington’s birthday, the humorous merging of the photograph with the painted reproduction, coupled with the clash of genders and time periods, gives the scene a Surrealist tone.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Kati Horna (Mexican born Hungary, 1912-2000) 'Leonora Carrington' 1957

 

Kati Horna (Mexican born Hungary, 1912-2000)
Leonora Carrington
1957
Gelatin silver photograph
24.2 x 18.2cm (image)
25.3 x 20.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
© Kati Horna, courtesy Michael Hoppen Gallery

 

Lola Álvarez Bravo (Mexican, 1903-1993) 'No title (Remedios Varo)' c. 1950 (installation view)

 

Lola Álvarez Bravo (Mexican, 1903-1993)
No title (Remedios Varo) (installation view)
c. 1950
Gelatin silver photograph
23.4 x 18.9cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Lola Álvarez Bravo was one of the first artists to produce photomontages in Mexico. At the forefront of artistic experimentation, Álvarez Bravo created this image by layering multiple negatives. The subject is believed to be Remedios Varo, a Spanish Surrealist artist who arrived in Mexico in 1941. Alongside Álvarez Bravo, Kati Horna and Leonora Carrington, Varo was part of a community of expatriate artists and intellectuals active in Mexico during the mid twentieth century. Drawing inspiration from the Surrealist movement, Álvarez Bravo overlaid the portrait with an image of rippling water, creating a tranquil scene in which the subject appears to be floating.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Unlike in many other countries, in Mexico artists had opportunities to work as long as they did not threaten the locals’ career prospects. Thus, many Spanish-speaking immigrants started teaching in universities, raising a new generation of Mexican creatives and academics. Apart from their jobs, the majority of Europeans did not interact closely with the locals, preferring to keep the company of their fellow refugees. The reason was not the rejection of local customs but the shared experience of war, tragedy, and dramatic flight across ravaged Europe.

The house of the artist Remedios Varo was the central meeting point for the whole community. Anyone in need could find company, shelter, and money raised by all group members. Varo hosted dinners and parties. She also sent party invitations to random addresses taken from a phone book.

Anastasiia Kirpalov. “The Mexican Escape of European Surrealists During World War II,” on The Collector website Oct 15, 2024 [Online] Cited 17/04/026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Claude Cahun (French, 1894-1854) and Marcel Moore (French, 1892-1872) 'Disavowals', or 'Cancelled Confessions' (Aveux non avenus) 1930 (installation view)
Claude Cahun (French, 1894-1854) and Marcel Moore (French, 1892-1872) 'Disavowals', or 'Cancelled Confessions' (Aveux non avenus) 1930 (installation view)

 

Claude Cahun (French, 1894-1854) and Marcel Moore (French, 1892-1872)
Disavowals, or Cancelled Confessions (Aveux non avenus) (installation views)
1930
Published by Éditions du Carrefour, Paris
Illustrated book: photogravure, letterpress text, 237 pages, 10 heliographs, paper cover, stitched binding
Shaw Research Library, acquired through the Friends of the Gallery library Endowment, 2017
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Born Lucy Schwob, Claude Cahun was a celebrated French artist associated with the Surrealist movement. Aveux non avenus, loosely translated as Cancelled Confessions or Disavowals, is the second book Cajun created with her stepsister, lifelong partner and artistic collaborator, graphic artist Marcel Moore. This subversive semi-autobiographical work couples poems, recollections and aphorisms with dreamlike photomontages. The photomontages include many of Cahun’s performative self-portraits, images that challenge established notions of gender identity.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV' International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV' International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV' International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV' International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV' International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right in the bottom image, Francesca Woodman 'Untitled (Providence, Rhode Island)' (c. 1975-1978 printed after 1981); Ellen Auerbach R. 'Schottelius in New York' (1953 printed 1992); Barbara Morgan 'Martha Graham – Letter to the world' (1940); Lotti Jacobi 'Dancer #16, Pauline Koner, New York' (c. 1937, printed 1992); and two 'Photogenic drawing' (c. 1940 and c. 1950)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right in the bottom image, Francesca Woodman Untitled (Providence, Rhode Island) (c. 1975-1978 printed after 1981, below); Ellen Auerbach R. Schottelius in New York (1953 printed 1992, below); Barbara Morgan Martha Graham – Letter to the world (1940, below); Lotti Jacobi Dancer #16, Pauline Koner, New York (c. 1937, printed 1992); and two Photogenic drawing (c. 1940 and c. 1950)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Francesca Woodman (American, 1958-1981) 'Untitled (Providence, Rhode Island)' (c. 1975-1978, printed after 1981) (installation view)

 

Francesca Woodman (American, 1958-1981)
Untitled (Providence, Rhode Island) (installation view)
c. 1975-1978, printed after 1981
Gelatin silver photograph
13.7 x 13.8cm (image)
25.3 x 20.3cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2025
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Francesca Woodman is known for her intimate black-and-white self-portraits and photographs featuring other women sitters. The bodies are often blurred, with faces hidden and appearing to blend into the background. In this self-portrait, Woodman crouches down in the corner of a decrepit room, her patterned gown somehow reflecting – or merging with – the floral wallpaper that peels down in rough remnants behind her. The photograph was created while Woodman was a student at the Rhode Island School of Design in Providence, where she studied from 1975 to 1978 and which produced the majority of her extant photographs following her untimely death in 1981.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Ellen Auerbach (German 1906-2004) 'R. Schottelius in New York' 1953, printed 1992 (installation view)

 

Ellen Auerbach (German 1906-2004)
R. Schottelius in New York (installation view)
1953, printed 1992
Gelatin silver photograph
23.2 x 18.5cm (image)
25.0 x 27.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2023
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ellen Auerbach (German 1906-2004) 'R. Schottelius in New York' 1953, printed 1992

 

Ellen Auerbach (German 1906-2004)
R. Schottelius in New York
1953, printed 1992
Gelatin silver photograph
23.2 x 18.5cm (image)
25.0 x 27.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2023
© Ellen Auerbach. VG Bild-Kunst/Copyright Agency

 

A constant innovator throughout her life, Ellen Auerbach received her first camera in 1928 as a tool to aid her studies in sculpture. The following year, she met her professional and romantic partner Grete Stern in Berlin, where they formed studio ringl+pit. After escaping fascist Germany, Auerbach eventually relocated to the United States and continued her photographic practice, settling among New York’s avant-garde. In this rooftop scene, she captures German dancer Renate Schottelius leaping into the air. In contrast with the surrounding static, imposing skyscrapers, the liberated body in joyous motion serves as a symbol for freedom.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Barbara Morgan (American, 1900-1992) 'Martha Graham – Letter to the world' 1940 (installation view)

 

Barbara Morgan (American, 1900-1992)
Martha Graham – Letter to the world (installation view)
1940
Gelatin silver photograph
38.9 x 48.2cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Barbara Morgan (American, 1900-1992) 'Martha Graham – Letter to the world' 1940

 

Barbara Morgan (American, 1900-1992)
Martha Graham – Letter to the world
1940
Gelatin silver photograph
38.9 x 48.2cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
© The Barbara Morgan Estate

 

Barbara Morgan met the pioneering American choreographer and dancer Martha Graham in 1935, and their working relationship lasted over six decades. Graham later reflected in 1980: “It is rare that even an inspired photographer possesses the demonic eye which can capture the instant of dance and transform it into timeless gesture. In Barbara Morgan I found that person. In looking at these photographs today, I feel, as I felt when I first saw them, privileged to have been a part of this collaboration. For to me, Barbara Morgan through her art reveals the inner landscape that is a dancer’s world.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Bodies, Rhythm and Movement

From the very beginnings of photography, the female nude genre remained primarily the domain of the male photographer. However, twentieth-century women artists, particularly those working within the avant-garde scene of the interwar period, reclaimed the male gaze, creatively experimenting with the representation of women’s bodies.

Artists such as Laure Albin Guillot and Germaine Krull produced nudes ranging from the intimate and sensual to the contained and stark. Such experimental compositions were also a vital aspect of the work of Florence Henri, whose images allowed for new readings of the body. In the 1970s artists such as Sue Ford continued this legacy of experimentation, combining depictions of women’s bodies with scenes from nature.

Representations of women’s bodies in motion were another means of artistic and physical liberation. The collaborations between dancers and artists, for example Barbara Morgan and Martha Graham, and Ellen Auerbach and Renate Schottelius, allowed for experimentation and dynamic image-making. These creative partnerships were shaped by movement and a shared response between artist and subject.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, Germaine Krull 'Daretha (Dorothea) Albu' (c. 1925)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, Germaine Krull Daretha (Dorothea) Albu (c. 1925, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Germaine Krull Daretha (Dorothea) Albu (c. 1925, below); Florence Henri Nude composition (c. 1930, below); Florence Henri Line Viala (Nude study), Paris (1934); and Laure Albin Guillot Nude Study (1943)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Germaine Krull (European, 1897-1985) 'Daretha (Dorothea) Albu' c. 1925 (installation view)

 

Germaine Krull (European, 1897-1985)
Daretha (Dorothea) Albu (installation view)
c. 1925
Gelatin silver photograph
19.7 x 11.7cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2020
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

This intimate portrait shows the German dancer Dorothea Albu elegantly draped in a feather boa – possibly a reference to her life in show business. The soft focus of the image, along with Albu’s gently closed eyes, creates a serene scene. The work is believed to be from a series of female nudes that Germaine Krull photographed in her Berlin studio between 1922 and 1925.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982) 'Nude composition' (c. 1930) and Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982) 'Line Viala (Nude study), Paris' (1934)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Florence Henri Nude composition (c. 1930, below) and Florence Henri Line Viala (Nude study), Paris (1934, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982) 'Nude composition' (Nu composition) c. 1930 (installation view)

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982)
Nude composition (Nu composition) (installation view)
c. 1930
Gelatin silver photograph
22.9 x 17.0cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2021
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982) 'Line Viala (Nude study), Paris' 1934 (installation view)

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982)
Line Viala (Nude study), Paris (installation view)
1934
Gelatin silver photograph
22.9 x 17.2cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2023
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

In the 1930s Florence Henri made numerous photographs of female nudes. These works often feature modern women who appear bold, confident and at ease in their own skin and sexuality. In this photograph, Henri uses dramatic lighting to create deep shadows that contour and highlight the form of actress Line Viala’s body. Henri’s use of a blank canvas as a plain backdrop further accentuates the model as the sole focus of the image. Perhaps Henri’s choice of a blank canvas backdrop is also a subtle reference to the traditionally male-dominated realm of nude female painting.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982) 'Nude composition (Nu composition)' c. 1930

 

Florence Henri (European born USA, 1893-1982)
Nude composition (Nu composition)
c. 1930
Gelatin silver photograph
22.9 x 17.0cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2021
© Florence Henri / Licensed by the Copyright Agency, Australia

 

Another vital aspect of her practice was her nude female compositions, such as Nude composition (Nu composition), 1930. Created in the year after establishing her studio in Paris, it employs her characteristically unique, elevated vantage point and raking lighting to disrupt a sense of visual order and perspective. Henri constructs a scene in which the upper half of a woman’s naked body (her chest, breasts, arms, head and hair) creates an asymmetrical focal point at the top of the photograph. Lying next to the woman, and, seemingly, the subject of her gaze, is a large shell, while plants at the base of the image echo the woman’s flowing hair. While appearing to be set on a bed of sand, on closer inspection the textured base is revealed as a coarse sheet.

The dreamlike image, confident and controlled, which merges the female body with the symbolic shell and forms from nature, creates a scene of sensuousness and self-empowerment that is erotic and modern. Henri’s nude compositions, along with those of peers working in France such as Dora Maar and Nora Dumas, claimed the female body as a subject of their own – a trend that emerged among a number of female photographers, in the interwar period.

Maggie Finch. “Florence Henri Nude composition (Nu composition),” on the NGV website 16 Mar 23 [Online] Cited 24/12/2025. Used under fair use condition for the purposes of education and research

 

Laure Albin Guillot (French, 1879-1962) 'Nude study' (Étude de nu) 1943 (installation view)

 

Laure Albin Guillot (French, 1879-1962)
Nude study (Étude de nu) (installation view)
1943
Gelatin silver photograph
29.5 x 17.9cm (image)
29.5 x 23.1cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2023
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Spanning fashion and portraiture to advertising and landscapes, Laure Albin Guillot’s images were published regularly in magazines and featured in the first independent Salon of Photography in Paris in 1928. Albin Guillot collaborated with French poet Paul Valéry in the 1930s to create male nude images to accompany his poem ‘La Cantate du Narcisse’ (‘The Song of Narcissus’). She continued to produce numerous nude studies of women throughout the 1930s–40s, such as this closely cropped portrait that enhances the angular lines and features of the sitter’s body.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Laure Albin Guillot 'Nude study' (Étude de nu) (1943); Anne Brigman 'Quest' (1931); Olive Cotton 'Max after surfing' (1939 printed 1998); and Louise Dahl-Wolfe 'Nude in water' (1941)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Laure Albin Guillot 'Nude study' (Étude de nu) (1943); Anne Brigman 'Quest' (1931); Olive Cotton 'Max after surfing' (1939 printed 1998); and Louise Dahl-Wolfe 'Nude in water' (1941)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Laure Albin Guillot Nude study (Étude de nu) (1943, above); Anne Brigman Quest (1931); Olive Cotton Max after surfing (1939, printed 1998); and Louise Dahl-Wolfe Nude in water (1941)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull 'Nude studies (Études de nu)' (1930)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Germaine Krull Nude studies (Études de nu) (1930)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

One of the most experimental artists of the 1920s and 30s, Germaine Krull photographed a diverse range of subjects, and her images were published widely in magazines and journals. With publications such Nude Studies, created two years after Metal, she is recognised as a pioneer in the single-author photobook format. Nude Studies consists of twenty-four photogravures of female nudes, published with an accompanying introductory text by the artist Jean Cocteau. Created in Krull’s Paris studio, the intimate studies, in which the faces of the women are often obscured, emphasise the sculptural forms of their bodies.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Bernd Becher and Hilla Becher 'Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania' (1975); Ilse Bing 'Self-portrait' (1931 printed c. 1993); and two Sue Ford photographs, 'No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path)' (c. 1970, below) and 'No title (Nude montage)' (1960s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Bernd Becher and Hilla Becher Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania (1975, below); Ilse Bing Self-portrait (1931 printed c. 1993, below); and two Sue Ford photographs, No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path) (c. 1970, below) and No title (Nude montage) (1960s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Bernd Becher and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007/1934-2015) 'Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania' 1975 (installation view)

 

Bernd Becher and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007/1934-2015)
Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania (installation view)
1975
From the Artists and photographs folio 1975
Gelatin silver photographs
24.0 x 33.9cm (image and sheet)
40.7 x 49.6cm (support)
ed. 9/60
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1976
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Bernd and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007 and 1934-2015) 'Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania' 1975

 

Bernd Becher and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007/1934-2015)
Coal tipple, Goodspring, Pennsylvania
1975
From the Artists and photographs folio 1975
Gelatin silver photographs
24.0 x 33.9cm (image and sheet)
40.7 x 49.6cm (support)
ed. 9/60
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1976
© Estate Bernd & Hilla Becher, represented by Max Becher

 

In 1959 married artists Bernd and Hilla Becher started photographing industrial architecture, a practice that would continue for over four decades. While predominantly documenting structures throughout Germany’s Ruhr region, they occasionally worked overseas – this work was made on their first trip to the United States. The Bechers created a system for comparing structures: photographing them from a consistent angle, under virtually identical lighting conditions, printing images at the same size and often displaying them in grids. According to Hilla Becher, their archive allows for narratives to naturally emerge: “Structural patterns and their transformations … can be proved to exist in the case of such relatively exhaustive comparative series.”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Ilse Bing (German, 1899-1998) 'Self-portrait (Autoportrait)' 1931, printed 1993 (installation view)

 

Ilse Bing (German, 1899-1998)
Self-portrait (Autoportrait) (installation view)
1931, printed 1993
Gelatin silver photograph
26.7 x 29.4cm (image)
27.9 x 35.3cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2023
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ilse Bing (German, 1899-1998) 'Self-portrait (Autoportrait)' 1931, printed 1993

 

Ilse Bing (German, 1899-1998)
Self-portrait (Autoportrait)
1931, printed 1993
Gelatin silver photograph
26.7 x 29.4cm (image)
27.9 x 35.3cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2023
© Ilse Bing Estate
Photo: National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne

 

Ilse Bing began making photographs in the late 1920s, when she purchased one of the first 35 mm cameras produced by the German company Leica. She made use of the camera’s portability, capturing motion, dizzying angles and contrasts of light, shade and shadow – compositional elements that characterised the New Photography movement. Inspired by Florence Henri, Bing used her camera to disrupt the picture plane. In this famed self-portrait, Bing uses mirrors as a fracturing tool. The self-portrait shows Bing’s reflection holding a camera, accompanied by her side profile in another angled mirror. She controls the various gazes: her own, the viewer’s, the camera’s.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Time and Mirrors

Photography has long been associated with mirrors and time – as a way of remembering, reflecting and retrieving information. As early as 1859, American writer Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr described photography, specifically the daguerreotype, as ‘the mirror with a memory’.

Many artists use the camera to explore identity through portraits and self-portraits. In Ilse Bing’s 1931 self-portrait, captured with her Leica camera, a mirror disrupts the image, disorienting the viewer. Four decades later, Joan Jonas extended this idea, using a video monitor as a mirror to explore reflection, perception and the self.

By the 1970s, repetition and seriality became central to photographic practice. Through sequences of images, artists such as Eve Sonneman, Sue Ford and Bernd and Hilla Becher explored how photography could record and interpret change – both immediate and long-term. Their images reveal the camera’s dual role as an objective instrument and a conceptual recorder of the world.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, two Sue Ford photographs, 'No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path)' (c. 1970) and 'No title (Nude montage)' (1960s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, two Sue Ford photographs, No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path) (c. 1970, below) and No title (Nude montage) (1960s, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) 'No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path)' c. 1970 (installation view)

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)
No title (Photogram of two hands and garden path) (installation view)
c. 1970
Gelatin silver photograph
27.6 x 34.7cm irreg. (image and sheet)
38.5 x 44.8cm (support)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gerstl Bequest, 2000
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

In the late 1960s and early 70s, Sue Ford created several bodies of highly experimental work. These works involved complex montages, photograms and layered negatives, revealing hours of darkroom experimentation in her Eltham studio in Melbourne’s north-east. Such experiments coincided with Ford’s burgeoning interest in left-wing politics, and her exposure via the media to world events such as the NASA moon landings and the Vietnam War. Ford incorporated imagery and ideas relating to these events, as well as her interest in environmentalism, into these abstracted, Surrealism-inspired works.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) 'No title (Nude montage)' 1960s (installation view)

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)
No title (Nude montage) (installation view)
1960s
Gelatin silver photograph
25.6 x 19.9cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gerstl Bequest, 2000
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Eve Sonneman (American, b. 1946) 'Real time' 1968-1974, 1976 (published) (cover)
Eve Sonneman (American, b. 1946) 'Real time' 1968-1974 (installation view)

 

Eve Sonneman (American, b. 1946)
Real time (installation view bottom)
1968-1974, 1976 (published) (cover)
Artist’s book: photo-offset lithographs and printed text, 46 folios, printed paper cover, glued binding
20.5 x 38.0 x 0.8cm (closed)
1st edition
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, NGV Supporters of Photography, 2021
© Eve Sonneman

 

Real Time is composed of paired photographs taken seconds apart, separated by a black-line border. The ordered presentation allows the viewer to consider the relationship between the images, and the small changes and passing of time between them. Eve Sonneman first showed the photographs at the Museum of Modern Art in New York, before publishing them as a book. In 1976 she saw an
advertisement in Artforum from newly established press Printed Matter, which was seeking artists’ books to publish. “So I sent [my photographs] in and that work became my first published book, Real Time,” Sonneman recalled. “I was as thrilled as could be!”

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) 'Ross, 1964; Ross, 1974' 1964-1974, printed 1974 (installation view)

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)
Ross, 1964; Ross, 1974 (installation view)
1964-1974, printed 1974
From the Time series (1962-1974)
Gelatin silver photograph
11.1 × 20.1cm
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased with the assistance of the Visual Arts Board and the KODAK (Australasia) PTY LTD Fund, 1974
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) 'Jim, 1964; Jim, 1974' 1964-1974, printed 1974 (installation view)

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)
Jim, 1964; Jim, 1974 (installation view)
1964-1974, printed 1974
From the Time series (1962-1974)
Gelatin silver photograph
11.1 × 20.1cm
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased with the assistance of the Visual Arts Board and the KODAK (Australasia) PTY LTD Fund, 1974
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) 'Annette 1962; Annette 1974' 1974 from the 'Time' series

 

Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)
Annette, 1962; Annette, 1974
1962-1974, printed 1974
From the Time series (1962-1974)
Gelatin silver photograph
11.1 x 20.1cm
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased with the assistance of the Visual Arts Board and the KODAK (Australasia) Pty Ltd Fund, 1974
© Courtesy of the artist

 

“For some time I have been thinking about the camera itself. Trying to explore its particular UNIQUENESS, coming to terms with the fact that I had been trying to ignore for some years, that the camera is actually a MACHINE. … In “Time Series” I tried to use the camera as objectively as possible. It was a time machine. For me it was an amazing experience. It wasn’t until I placed the photograph of the younger face beside the recent photograph that I could fully appreciate the change. The camera showed me with absolute clarity, something I could only just perceive with my naked eye.”

~ Sue Ford, Time Series: An Exhibition of Photographs, Melbourne, 1974

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing a video of Imogen Cunningham

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing in the bottom image a video still of Imogen Cunningham
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right three photographs by Alice Mills, 'Hilaire Syme dressed for the Kismit Ball' (1912-1915); 'Hilaire Syme' (c. 1910); and 'Joan Margaret Syme' (c. 1918)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing in the bottom image from left to right three photographs by Alice Mills, Hilaire Syme dressed for the Kismit Ball (1912-1915, below); Hilaire Syme (c. 1910, below); and Joan Margaret Syme (c. 1918, below)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

People and Place

Depictions of children, mothers and acts of caregiving have traditionally been recurring subjects in photographs taken by women. According to art historian Naomi Rosenblum, in the early 1900s the photographing of children, particularly children with their mothers, was deemed by commentators at the time to be ‘an especially appropriate assignment for women’.

While stereotyping and gender bias remained significant obstacles for women photographers in the early twentieth century, many still innovated through their image-making, while studio work provided women artists with the opportunity for financial independence. Subjects were portrayed in intensely intimate portraits, making visible the people in domestic settings who were often overlooked in photographs and society more broadly.

In Australia, artists such as Olive Cotton produced landscape photography in the dominant Pictorialist style of nostalgic, softly focused images. Everyday, non-professional photography, or vernacular photography, was also widely produced by women photographers of the period. As shown by Inez McPhee’s photo albums depicting the outdoor adventures of the Melbourne Walking Club and Edna Walling’s albums filled with pictures of friends, animals and plants, photography became an increasingly popular way of documenting daily life.

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929) 'Hilaire Syme dressed for the Kismit Ball' 1912-1915

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929)
Hilaire Syme dressed for the Kismit Ball
1912-1915
gelatin silver photograph, coloured dyes
70.5 x 43.3cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Dr Veronica Condon, 2005
Public domain

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929) Broothorn Studios, Melbourne 'Hilaire Syme' c. 1910

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929)
Broothorn Studios, Melbourne
Hilaire Syme
c. 1910
Gelatin silver photograph, watercolour
185.5 x 74.4cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Dr Veronica Condon, Geoffrey Haggard and Jennifer Smyth, descendants of Sir Geoffrey Syme K.B.E., Managing Editor of the Age newspaper (1908-1942), 2004

 

An almost opaque layer of paint has been applied to this portrait. The paint obscures some of the details while enhancing others, such as the child’s shiny shoes and the satin sash of her dress. Alice Mills’s portrait of the subject’s younger sister, Joan, has a more conventional treatment in the application of translucent pigments. It remains unclear whether Mills did the hand-colouring. However, having trained in the studio of leading Melbourne photographer Johnstone O’Shaughnessy, she would almost certainly have known about the technique of applying oil-based pigments to photographs to create the illusion of naturalistic colour.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929) Broothorn Studios, Melbourne 'Joan Margaret Syme' c. 1918 (installation view)

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929)
Broothorn Studios, Melbourne
Joan Margaret Syme (installation view)
c. 1918
Gelatin silver photograph, coloured dyes
243.85 x 91.45cm (approx)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Presented through the NGV Foundation by Michael Hayne, 2005
Public domain
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929) Broothorn Studios, Melbourne 'Joan Margaret Syme' c. 1918

 

Alice Mills (attributed to) (Australian, 1870-1929)
Broothorn Studios, Melbourne
Joan Margaret Syme
c. 1918
Gelatin silver photograph, coloured dyes
243.85 x 91.45cm (approx)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Presented through the NGV Foundation by Michael Hayne, 2005
Public domain

 

Alice Mills, with help from her husband, Tom Humphreys, set up her first photography studio in 1900. Soon after that she was working under her own name in the Centreway Arcade at 259-263 Collins Street, Melbourne. Mills’s portraits were often published in magazines and newspapers, which brought her to the attention of a large audience of prospective clients. Around 1915 she produced a number of large-scale portraits of Hilaire and Joan Syme, the daughters of then managing editor and co-owner of The Age newspaper Geoffrey Syme. The photographs were made in conjunction with Broothorn Studios, which art historians suggest made the extreme enlargements.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right in the bottom image two Imogen Cunningham photographs, 'My mother peeling apples' (1910, printed 1979) and 'My father' (1906, printed 1979) and six 1920s photographs by the Australian photographer Ruth Hollick (1883-1977): 'No title (Seated girl looking over shoulder)' (c. 1926); 'No title (Little girl holding small book)' (1920s); 'No title (Young girl holding a doll)' (1920s); 'No title (Laughing child)' (c. 1926); 'Miss Pamela Ann McKewan' (c. 1929); and 'No title (Laughing girl in cap)' (1920s)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right in the bottom image two Imogen Cunningham photographs, My mother peeling apples (1910, printed 1979) and My father (1906, printed 1979) and six 1920s photographs by the Australian photographer Ruth Hollick (1883-1977): No title (Seated girl looking over shoulder) (c. 1926); No title (Little girl holding small book) (1920s); No title (Young girl holding a doll) (1920s); No title (Laughing child) (c. 1926); Miss Pamela Ann McKewan (c. 1929); and No title (Laughing girl in cap) (1920s)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing  at left four photographs by Ruth Hollick: 'Bobby' (1927); 'No title (Baby in striped dress)' (1920s); 'No title (Three children seated on grass)' (1920s); and 'No title (Mother and two children)' (1920s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left four photographs by Ruth Hollick: Bobby (1927); No title (Baby in striped dress) (1920s); No title (Three children seated on grass) (1920s); and No title (Mother and two children) (1920s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing four photographs by Ruth Hollick: 'Bobby' (1927); 'No title (Baby in striped dress)' (1920s); 'No title (Three children seated on grass)' (1920s); and 'No title (Mother and two children)' (1920s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing four photographs by Ruth Hollick: Bobby (1927); No title (Baby in striped dress) (1920s); No title (Three children seated on grass) (1920s); and No title (Mother and two children) (1920s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977) 'Bobby' 1927

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977)
Bobby
1927
Gelatin silver photograph
18.8 x 21.4cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Lucy Crosbie Morrison, 1992
Public domain

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977) 'No title (Mother and two children)' 1920s

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977)
No title (Mother and two children)
1920s
Gelatin silver photograph
19.0 x 23.9cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Lucy Crosbie Morrison, 1992
Public domain

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right three photographs by Ruth Hollick: 'No title (Young woman in plaid shawl)' (1920s); 'No title (Mother and child)' (c. 1926); and 'Janet Armstrong, Woodbury Estate, Deniliquin, New South Wales' (c. 1939) (installation view)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right three photographs by Ruth Hollick: No title (Young woman in plaid shawl) (1920s); No title (Mother and child) (c. 1926); and Janet Armstrong, Woodbury Estate, Deniliquin, New South Wales (c. 1939)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977) 'No title (Young girl holding a doll)' 1920s

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977)
No title (Young girl holding a doll)
1920s
Gelatin silver photograph
23.9 x 14.6cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Lucy Crosbie Morrison, 1992

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing clippings, press releases, brochures, reviews, invitations and other ephemeral material relating to Ruth Hollick and the Ruth Hollick studio

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing clippings, press releases, brochures, reviews, invitations and other ephemeral material relating to Ruth Hollick and the Ruth Hollick studio
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

In 1928 Ruth Hollick and her partner, fellow photographer Dorothy Izard, held an exhibition at their Collins Street studio of more than 150 portraits of children. Lady Eleanor Mary Latham, wife of then attorney-general Sir John Greig Latham, opened the exhibition, encouraging the audience to consider the possibility of career for women, with Hollick as a role model: ‘Everyone has a right to try and make a living for herself in any profession she likes to take up.’ The period in which Hollick and Izard operated the studio in Collins Street was extremely productive and successful. In 1929 Hollick was the only woman to participate in the Melbourne Exhibition of Pictorial Photography.

Ruth Hollick was widely recognised for her skill in photographing children. In an interview published in 1927, Hollick said: ‘I have always found the work well within a woman’s intellectual grasp, and not too hard a strain from the physical point of view. Although one does not, at this period of women’s freedom, talk of any particular work as being her sphere, there is no doubt but that feminine intuition with children may be particularly helpful … After all the big thing is to catch the real child – show him as he is – no wonderful massing of shadow, no illuminating light is worth a lot if it does not reveal the real Pat or Mollie.’ These materials were collected by Hollick and gifted to the NGV’s Shaw Research Library by her niece Lucy Crosbie Morrison.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Inez McPhee (Australian, 1908-1999) 'No title (Inez McPhee's album of ADA river trip)' 1936 (installation view)

 

Inez McPhee (Australian, 1908-1999)
No title (Inez McPhee’s album of ADA river trip) (installation view)
1936
28.1 x 22.4cm (page)
28.5 x 23.0 x 3.1cm (closed)
28.5 x 46.0 x 1.5cm (open)
Album: gelatin silver photographs, newspaper, pencil and pen and ink, 62 pages, cardboard and leather cover, stitched binding
Presented through the NGV Foundation by John McPhee, Member and Ann Luck, 2004
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Inez McPhee (Australian, 1908-1999) 'No title (Inez McPhee's album of a trip to New Zealand)' 1953 (installation view)

 

Inez McPhee (Australian, 1908-1999)
No title (Inez McPhee’s album of a trip to New Zealand) (installation view)
1953
Album: gelatin silver photographs, collage, pencil, 40 pages, cardboard cover, stitched binding
31.0 x 24.1cm (page)
31.1 x 24.8 x 1.4cm (closed)
31.1 x 49.0 x 1.0cm (open)
Presented through the NGV Foundation by John McPhee, Member and Ann Luck, 2004
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Inez McPhee was an active member of the Melbourne Women’s Walking Club, founded in 1922. McPhee took her camera on bushwalks with the group and, typical of amateur photographers of the period, compiled albums of the prints. Her albums are filled with images of women engaging in outdoor activities.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left three photographs by Edna Walling: Doris Oak-Rhind, Edna’s Walling’s sister (1920s); Estelle Thompson (1950s-1960s); and No title (Young woman preparing picnic) (1940s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left to right, three photographs by Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973) 'Doris Oak-Rhind, Edna's Walling's sister' (1920s); 'Estelle Thompson' (1950s-1960s); and 'No title (Young woman preparing picnic)' (1940s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left to right, three photographs by Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973) Doris Oak-Rhind, Edna’s Walling’s sister (1920s); Estelle Thompson (1950s-1960s); and No title (Young woman preparing picnic) (1940s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973) 'Estelle Thompson' 1950s-1960s (installation view)

 

Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973)
Estelle Thompson (installation view)
1950s-1960s
Gelatin silver photograph
25.4 x 20.6cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Barbara Barnes, 1983
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Many-sided Indeed: Women In Business

“There is more, much more in the photo question than the mere ability to make a technically perfect photo or picture,” wrote New Zealand photographer May Moore in a 1916 essay. “And when it comes to successfully managing a studio of one’s own, one wants to be many-sided indeed … The woman who is to succeed … must make up her mind to equip on all points just as the men do.”

Women-run photography studios emerged as early as the 1850s in places such as England, Japan, Germany and the United States. However, women faced many barriers to operating their own studios well into the twentieth century, and many had to rely on family support. Photographers such as Ruth Hollick, Karimeh Abbud and Hedda Morrison persevered to successfully manage or independently run photography studios in the 1920s-40s. They produced a wide range of images, from those made for commercial and tourist purposes to documentary, artistic and personal photographs.

 

Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973) 'No title (Album)' 1950s-1960s (installation view)

 

Edna Walling (Australian born England, 1895-1973)
No title (Album) (installation view)
1950s-1960s
Album: gelatin silver photographs, 48 pages, cardboard, leather and colour photo-lithograph cover, metal screw binding
24.6 x 32.0cm (page)
25.6 x 34.8 x 3.6cm (closed)
25.6 x 62.8cm (open)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Barbara Barnes, 1983
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Landscape designer Edna Walling kept a personal photo album to capture the creative effervescence of the community at her property at Bickleigh Vale Village in Mooroolbark, Victoria. Nicknamed ‘Trouser Lane’, the property was designed by Walling to be a ‘community of connected gardens and cottages. Many people, including many women, shared in Walling’s unique vision for the space, visiting and residing at Trouser lane over the years. Walling’s album features, among others, images of writer Estelle Thompson, landscape designer Daphne Pearson, builder Esme Johnson, violinist Perry Hart and ballet dancers Harcourt Algernoff and Graham Smith. Also interspersed throughout the album are photographic flower studies.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Edna Walling (Australian born United Kingdom, 1895-1973) 'No title' (Album) 1950s-1960s

 

Edna Walling (Australian born United Kingdom, 1895-1973)
No title (Album)
1950s-1960s
Album; gelatin silver photographs, 48 pages, cardboard, leather and colour photo-lithograph cover, metal screw binding
24.6 x 32.0cm (page)
25.6 x 34.8 x 3.6cm (closed)
25.6 x 62.8cm (open)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Barbara Barnes, 1983

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing in the display cases photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing in the display cases photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing in the display cases in the lower two images, photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing three photographs by Dorothy Izard (Australian born England, 1882-1972): 'Ti-trees' (1920s); 'No title (Dappled tree)' (1920s); and 'No title (Tree in paddock)' (1920s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing three photographs by Dorothy Izard (Australian born England, 1882-1972): Ti-trees (1920s); No title (Dappled tree) (1920s); and No title (Tree in paddock) (1920s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dorothy Izard (Australian born England, 1882-1972) 'Ti-trees' 1920s

 

Dorothy Izard (Australian born England, 1882-1972)
Ti-trees
1920s
Gelatin silver photograph
22.8 × 18.4cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Mrs Lucy Crosbie Morrison, 1992

 

Dorothy Izard met fellow photographer Ruth Hollick when they were students at the National Gallery of Victoria Art School, and they formed both a romantic and a professional partnership. They travelled extensively around regional Victoria in the 1920s and 1930s. Izard was a landscape photographer and, at Hollick’s home studio, was responsible for printing the orders for Hollick’s photographs.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing  Ruth Hollick's artist book 'Australian flowers' (1950s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Ruth Hollick’s artist book Australian flowers (1950s, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977) 'Australian wildflowers' 1950s

 

Ruth Hollick (Australian, 1883-1977)
Australian wildflowers
1950s
Artist’s book: hand-coloured gelatin silver photographs on buff paper on brown paper mounts, pen and ink, pencil, (other materials), [5] leaves, brown paper cover, cotton cord binding
33.2 x 25.5cm (page)
34.3 x 26.3 x 1.0cm irreg. (closed)
34.3 x 53.1 x 1.1cm irreg. (open)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Pamela Jane Green, 2021
Public domain

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, four photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991): 'No title (Hua Shan mountain face)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (The Chessboard Pavilion)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (Step ladder to the nothingness peak)' (1935, printed 1970s); and 'No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face)' (1935, printed 1970s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, four photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991): No title (Hua Shan mountain face) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (The Chessboard Pavilion) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (Step ladder to the nothingness peak ) (1935, printed 1970s); and No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face) (1935 printed 1970s, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991) 'No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face)' 1935 (installation view)

 

Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)
No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face) (installation view)
1935
Gelatin silver photograph
22.8 x 30.3cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1976
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Hedda Morrison (German, 1908-1991) 'No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face)' 1935

 

Hedda Morrison (German, 1908-1991)
No title (Lone pine against sunlit cliff face)
1935
Gelatin silver photograph
22.8 x 30.3cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1976
© Harvard-Yenching Library. Originals held by the Harvard-Yenching Library, Harvard University

 

These photographs were taken in 1935, when Morrison journeyed by train to the Hua Shan mountains in eastern China. She photographed the deep chasms and textures of the mountain ranges, and the Taoist monasteries and monks who assisted the travellers on their journeys.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing photographs by Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, six photographs by Hedda Morrison: 'No title (Morning clouds)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (Fairy palm cliff)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (The stone balustrade)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (Three gnarled pines)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (Two Taoist priests below the fiery palm cliff)' (1935, printed 1970s); and 'No title (Pine tree above the Yellow River plain)' (1935, printed 1970s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, six photographs by Hedda Morrison: No title (Morning clouds) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (Fairy palm cliff) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (The stone balustrade) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (Three gnarled pines) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (Two Taoist priests below the fiery palm cliff) (1935, printed 1970s); and No title (Pine tree above the Yellow River plain) (1935, printed 1970s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991) 'No title (Pine tree above the Yellow River plain)' 1935, printed 1970s (installation view)

 

Hedda Morrison (Australian born Germany, 1908-1991)
No title (Pine tree above the Yellow River plain) (installation view)
1935, printed 1970s
Gelatin silver photograph
30.3 x 22.7cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1976
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, three photographs by Hedda Morrison: 'No title (Taoist priest)' (1935, printed 1970s); 'No title (Taoist novice)' (1935, printed 1970s); and 'No title (Taoist priest)' (1935, printed 1970s)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, three photographs by Hedda Morrison: No title (Taoist priest) (1935, printed 1970s); No title (Taoist novice) (1935, printed 1970s); and No title (Taoist priest) (1935, printed 1970s)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Tina Modotti (Italian, 1896-1942) 'Girls in shawls' 1924-1929

 

Tina Modotti (Italian, 1896-1942)
Girls in shawls
1924-1929
Gelatin silver photograph
13.2 x 16.9cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024

 

Tina Modotti is known for her socially and politically charged photographs documenting Mexican working life. For Modotti, art, life and politics were inextricably linked. Her photographs show the artist’s commitment to documenting the lives of women and working people. This image is believed to be from a project exploring the popular arts of Mexico, specifically the
shawl-like rebozo, and exemplifies Modotti’s humanist style of documentary photography. It is one of the photographs anthropologist Frances Toor commissioned from Modotti and Edward Weston for the magazine Mexican Folkways, published between 1925 and 1937.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Dora Maar (French 1907-1997) 'Vendors laughing behind their charcuterie stall, Barcelona' (Vendeuses et vendeur riant derrière leur étal de charcuterie, Barcelone) 1933

 

Dora Maar (French 1907-1997)
Vendors laughing behind their charcuterie stall, Barcelona (Vendeuses et vendeur riant derrière leur étal de charcuterie, Barcelone)
1933
Gelatin silver photograph
27.2 x 24.0cm (image)
30.3 x 24.0cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2021
Public domain

 

In 1933 Dora Maar travelled to Spain, where she documented the extreme poverty of the country’s cities through people she met on the streets. Aligning with her left-wing politics and opposition to fascism, her photographs honour working-class citizens rather than buildings or monuments. Maar was fascinated by the characters she encountered in La Boqueria, the market in the heart of Barcelona. In this image, she captures a joyful moment as the women vendors playfully turn away from her, hiding their gaze, while a man smiles directly into Maar’s lens.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

The Document

The primary aim of social documentary photography is to draw attention to social issues, often to promote social or political change. This style of photography blossomed during the tumultuous period of the 1930s, when photographers were commissioned by the United States government to document the effects of the Great Depression. The increased popularity of illustrated mass media such as newspapers and magazines also allowed for the broad dissemination of social documentary images and texts.

The ability of social documentary photography to present a purely objective representation of people or places continues to be fertile ground for debate today.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing Farm Security Administration photographs by Dorothea Lange
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing Farm Security Administration photographs by Dorothea Lange
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing clockwise from bottom left, four photographs by Dorothea Lange: 'Drought-stricken farmers on the shady side of town street while their crops burn up in the fields, Sallisaw, Oklahoma' (1936 printed c. 1975); 'Drought refugees from Oklahoma, Blythe, California' (1936, printed c. 1975); 'Real Estate sign along highway, Riverside County, California' (1937, printed c. 1975); and 'Child living in Oklahoma City, Shacktown' (1936 printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing clockwise from bottom left, four photographs by Dorothea Lange: Drought-stricken farmers on the shady side of town street while their crops burn up in the fields, Sallisaw, Oklahoma (1936 printed c. 1975, below); Drought refugees from Oklahoma, Blythe, California (1936, printed c. 1975); Real Estate sign along highway, Riverside County, California (1937, printed c. 1975); and Child living in Oklahoma City, Shacktown (1936 printed c. 1975, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Drought-stricken farmers on the shady side of town street while their crops burn up in the fields, Sallisaw, Oklahoma' 1936, printed c. 1975

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Drought-stricken farmers on the shady side of town street while their crops burn up in the fields, Sallisaw, Oklahoma
1936, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
26.4 x 25.4cm (image)
28.0 x 35.4cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Child living in Oklahoma City, Shacktown' 1936, printed c. 1975

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Child living in Oklahoma City, Shacktown
1936, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
26.9 x 25.5cm (image)
28.0 x 35.4cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

During the Great Depression, many migrants travelling in search of economic opportunity were forced to create temporary camps along roadsides. For Dorothea Lange, who photographed many such experiences over several years, images like this one were part of a greater project to spark public awareness of the difficulties people were facing. As Lange later said, ‘I had begun to talk to the people I photographed … In the migrant camps, there were always talkers. It gave us a chance to meet on common ground.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

In Focus: Farm Security Administration Project

The Farm Security Administration (FSA) was established in 1937 as part of United States President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal economic reforms, which provided relief to farmers left impoverished by the hardships of the Great Depression. Led by Roy Stryker, the FSA’s photography program was to be one of the most influential social documentary projects ever developed. Many images were reproduced in newspapers and periodicals to show the harsh realities of life for those living in poverty, with the aim of encouraging public support for the government’s economic policies.

The program ran as part of several government agencies, including the Resettlement Administration (1935-37), then the Farm Security Administration (1937-42) and the Office of War Information (1942-44). Stryker hired a range of photographers for the project and, despite their being given comparable briefs, the unique eye of each photographer is apparent in the over 175,000 pictures produced by the project.

As well as forming a comprehensive pictorial record of American life from 1935 to 1944, the FSA photography program generated some of the most recognisable documentary photographs of the twentieth century, including images by women such as Dorothea Lange, Marion Post Wolcott and Marjory Collins.

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Woman of the high plains, near Childress, Texas' 1938, printed c. 1975 (installation view)

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Woman of the high plains, near Childress, Texas (installation view)
1938, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
49.4 x 39.3cm (image)
50.5 x 40.6cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Woman of the High Plains, Texas Panhandle' June 1938, printed c. 1975

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Woman of the high plains, near Childress, Texas
1938, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
49.4 x 39.3cm (image)
50.5 x 40.6cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

‘We’ve had no work since March. The worst thing we did was when we sold the car, but we had to sell it to eat, and now we can’t get away from here … This county’s a hard county. They won’t help bury you here. If you die, you’re dead, that’s all.’

~ The subject of this photograph, Nettie Featherston, to Dorothea Lange

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Dorothea Lange (United States 1895-1965) 'Towards Los Angeles, California' 1936, printed c. 1975

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Towards Los Angeles, California
1936, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
39.6 x 39.1cm (image)
40.8 x 50.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975

 

During the Great Depression, the Great Plains of North America became known as the Dust Bowl. A severe drought turned the soil to dust, leading to the migration of thousands of small-scale farmers who could no longer work the land. Dorothea Lange made many road trips to document the plight of migrants heading west in search of work and opportunities. Many of Lange’s photographs, such as this one, show workers travelling in difficult conditions, on foot and by car. This photograph was also used as the basis for a scene in the 1939 film Of Mice and Men, based on John Steinbeck’s story of two migrant ranch workers.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from top to bottom, two photographs by Dorothea Lange: 'Plantation Overseer, Mississippi Delta, near Clarksdale, Mississippi' (1936, printed c. 1975) and 'Born a slave, resettled after the Civil War, Carrizo Springs, Texas' (1936, printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from top to bottom, two photographs by Dorothea Lange: Plantation Overseer, Mississippi Delta, near Clarksdale, Mississippi (1936, printed c. 1975) and Born a slave, resettled after the Civil War, Carrizo Springs, Texas (1936 printed c. 1975, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965) 'Born a slave, resettled after the Civil War, Carrizo Springs, Texas' 1936, printed c. 1975

 

Dorothea Lange (American, 1895-1965)
Born a slave, resettled after the Civil War, Carrizo Springs, Texas
1936, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
26.5 x 25.4cm (image)
28.0 x 35.4cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

Dorothea Lange witnessed racial segregation in the Southern states and often photographed individuals affected by the resulting social and economic inequalities. This work is also known by an alternate title: ‘Bob Lemmons, Carrizo Springs, Texas. Born a slave about 1850, south of San Antonio. Came to Carrizo Springs during the Civil War with white cattlemen seeking new range. In 1865, with his master was one of the first settlers. Knew Billy the Kid, King Fisher, and other noted bad men of the border.’

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Shenandoah Valley, Virginia' 1941, printed c. 1975 (installation view)

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Shenandoah Valley, Virginia (installation view)
1941, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
25.6 x 34.1cm (image)
28.0 x 35.4cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Shenandoah Valley, Virginia' 1941, printed c. 1975

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Shenandoah Valley, Virginia
1941, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
25.6 x 34.1cm (image)
28.0 x 35.4cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'One of the judges at the horse races, Warrenton, Virginia' 1941, printed c. 1975 (installation view)

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
One of the judges at the horse races, Warrenton, Virginia (installation view)
1941, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
39.6 x 39.1cm (image)
40.8 x 50.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Transportation for hep cats Louisville, Kentucky' 1940, printed c. 1975 (installation view)

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Transportation for hep cats Louisville, Kentucky (installation view)
1940, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
25.7 x 34.1cm (image)
36.1 x 44.6cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Transportation for hep cats Louisville, Kentucky' 1940, printed c. 1975

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Transportation for hep cats Louisville, Kentucky
1940, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
25.7 x 34.1cm (image)
36.1 x 44.6cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from third left to right, three photographs by Marion Post Wolcott: 'Near Wadesboro, North Carolina' (1938, printed c. 1975); 'Baptismal service, Morehead, Kentucky' (1940, printed c. 1975); and 'Jitterbugging in a juke joint on Saturday night, Clarksdale, Mississippi' (1939, printed c. 1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from third left to right, three photographs by Marion Post Wolcott: Near Wadesboro, North Carolina (1938 printed c. 1975, below); Baptismal service, Morehead, Kentucky (1940 printed c. 1975, below); and Jitterbugging in a juke joint on Saturday night, Clarksdale, Mississippi (1939 printed c. 1975, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Near Wadesboro, North Carolina' 1938, printed c. 1975 (installation view)

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Near Wadesboro, North Carolina (installation view)
1938, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
26.4 × 26.5cm (image)
28.0 × 35.3cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975
Public domain
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

The people in this photograph are the children of tenant farmers. The older child holds the hand of the younger, whose legs are bowed likely due to rickets, a medical condition caused by malnourishment. This is a vivid image that captures both the intimacy between children and the effects of environmental and economic devastation.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Haircutting in front of plantation store after being paid off on Saturday, Mileston Plantation, Mississippi Delta' 1939, printed c. 1939 (installation view)

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Haircutting in front of plantation store after being paid off on Saturday, Mileston Plantation, Mississippi Delta (installation view)
1939, printed c. 1939
Gelatin silver photograph
27.0 x 34.6cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1980
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910–1990) '[Haircutting in Front of General Store and Post Office on Marcella Plantation, Mileston, Mississippi]' 1939

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Haircutting in front of plantation store after being paid off on Saturday, Mileston Plantation, Mississippi Delta
1939, printed c. 1939
Gelatin silver photograph
27.0 x 34.6cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1980

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990) 'Baptismal service, Morehead, Kentucky' 1940, printed c. 1975

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Baptismal service, Morehead, Kentucky
1940, printed c. 1975
Gelatin silver photograph
36.3 X 49.3cm (image) 40.7 X 50.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975

 

 

Marion Post Wolcott (American, 1910-1990)
Jitterbugging in a juke joint on Saturday night, Clarksdale, Mississippi
1939, printed c. 1975
gelatin silver photograph
36.7 x 49.3cm (image) 40.7 x 50.5cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1975

 

Marion Post Wolcott had a keen sense of social justice, having lived in Austria in the early 1930s, where she witnessed firsthand the rise of Nazism. On her return home to New York in 1933, she was determined to use her photography to raise awareness of social inequalities. While working for the Farm Security Administration (FSA) in the segregated American South, Wolcott witnessed the bleak economic situation endured by African Americans, which was exacerbated by the Great Depression. With an ‘open eye’, Wolcott captured both the positive effects of the FSA and the difficult realities of daily life. Her candid images of African American communities in the South – such as this joyful shot of people dancing – countered the dominant images of Black lives as they were commonly represented in mainstream media.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing three photographs by Australian photographer Heather George

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing three photographs by Heather George (Australia, 1907-1983): Rawhide bed, Wave Hill Station (1952, printed 1978); Stockyards, Wave Hill Station, Northern Territory (1952, printed 1978); and Stockyards, stockmen in distance. Wave Hill Station, Northern Territory (1952, printed 1978)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Heather George (Australia, 1907-1983) 'Stockyards, Wave Hill Station, Northern Territory' 1952, printed 1978

 

Heather George (Australia, 1907-1983)
Stockyards, Wave Hill Station, Northern Territory
1952, printed 1978
From The Northern Territory series (1952)
Gelatin silver photograph
24.0 x 28.8cm (image)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, 1980
Public domain

 

In the 1950s and 1960s Heather George worked as a freelance photographer and photojournalist. In 1952 Walkabout magazine published a series of photographs George made in the Northern Territory outback, including images of Wave Hill Station, a vast pastoral lease on the lands of the Gurindji people. Fourteen years later, it was to go down in history as the location of a turning point in the recognition of land rights for Australia’s First Nations peoples.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Consuelo Kanaga (American, 1894-1978) 'She is a Tree of Life' 1950

 

Consuelo Kanaga (American, 1894-1978)
She is a tree of life to them
1950
Gelatin silver photograph
32.8 x 24.1cm (image and sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
© Consuelo Kanaga

 

Consuelo Kanaga worked at the San Francisco Chronicle from 1915, later joining the California Camera Club, where she met photographers Imogen Cunningham, Dorothea Lange and Edward Weston. Kanaga’s image-making was informed by her involvement in liberal politics and the nascent civil rights
movement. In 1950 she stayed in an artists’ colony in Maitland, Florida, and documented the lives of Black field workers living there. This refined portrait of a mother with her children became well known around the world after its inclusion in the touring exhibition The Family of Man, curated by pioneering photographer Edward Steichen.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Ruth Orkin (American, 1921-1985) 'American girl in Italy, Florence' 1951, printed 1980 (installation view)

 

Ruth Orkin (American, 1921-1985)
American girl in Italy, Florence (installation view)
1951, printed 1980
Gelatin silver photograph
30.2 x 46.9cm (image)
40.3 x 50.6cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2022
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

In 1950 freelance photographer Ruth Orkin was included in the Young Photographers exhibition at the Museum of Modern Art, New York, and in 1951 Life magazine sent her on assignment to Israel. Before returning to America, she spent time in Italy, where she met a young American painter, Jinx Allen. The women collaborated on a series of photographs commissioned from Orkin by Cosmopolitan magazine for an article titled ‘Don’t Be Afraid to Travel Alone’. Standing in a Florence intersection, Orkin captured her friend as she manoeuvred through a crowd of men. The resulting image is reminiscent of a movie still – Orkin would go on to co-direct two feature films with her husband in the 1950s.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, Maggie Diaz '3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach' (1960s printed 2014); Maggie Diaz 'Ladies at the bar, Tavern Club, Chicago' (1957, printed 2014); three photographs by Diane Arbus: 'Girl with a cigar in Washington Square Park, N.Y.C.' (1965, printed later); 'Blaze Starr in her living room, Baltimore, Md.' (1964, printed later); 'A Couple at a Dance, N.Y.C.' (1960, printed later); and Lisette Model 'Woman with veil, San Francisco' (1949, printed c. 1960)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Maggie Diaz 3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach (1960s printed 2014, below); Maggie Diaz Ladies at the bar, Tavern Club, Chicago (1957, printed 2014); three photographs by Diane Arbus: Girl with a cigar in Washington Square Park, N.Y.C. (1965, printed later); Blaze Starr in her living room, Baltimore, Md. (1964, printed later); A Couple at a Dance, N.Y.C. (1960, printed later); and Lisette Model Woman with veil, San Francisco (1949, printed c. 1960)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Maggie Diaz (American, 1925-2016, Australia 1961-2016) '3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach' 1960s, printed 2014 (installation view)

 

Maggie Diaz (American, 1925-2016, Australia 1961-2016)
3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach (installation view)
1960s, printed 2014
Pigment print
27.9 x 30.0cm (image)
48.2 x 33.0cm (sheet)
ed. 2/25
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, Victorian Foundation for Living Australian Artists, 2015
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Maggie Diaz (American, 1925-2016, Australia 1961-2016) '3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach' 1960s, printed 2014

 

Maggie Diaz (American, 1925-2016, Australia 1961-2016)
3AW mobile studio, Elwood Beach
1960s, printed 2014
Pigment print
27.9 x 30.0cm (image)
48.2 x 33.0cm (sheet)
ed. 2/25
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased, Victorian Foundation for Living Australian Artists, 2015
© Maggie Diaz

 

Moving to Australia in 1961, American photographer Maggie Diaz established her Melbourne studio specialising in advertising, portraiture and social documentary photography. Among her commercial clients was the local radio station 3AW, which displayed her photographs in its new CBD studio. A 1964 article in Melbourne newspaper The Age described the headquarters, noting with apparent surprise that the commissioned photographs are ‘the work of a woman’.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

BOTH: Mikki Ferrill (American, b. 1937) 'Untitled' 1970s (installation view)

 

BOTH

Mikki Ferrill (American, b. 1937)
Untitled (installation view)
1970s
Gelatin silver photograph
20.7 x 13.6cm (image)
25.5 x 20.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Bowness Family Fund for Photography, 2024
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Valeria ‘Mikki’ Ferrill is an African American photographer known for her documentation of the Black community in Chicago’s South Side during the 1960s and 70s. Ferrill studied advertising design and illustration at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago. She eventually became a photojournalist, joining a group of Black photographers from the area who shot for local periodicals and newspapers. Ferrill worked on assignments in Mexico in the late 1960s, returning to Chicago in 1970.

Throughout

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Collaboration and Change

Many postwar street photographers captured their subjects in the ‘instant’. By embracing close-looking, artists relied on chance to create spontaneous compositions, capturing candid, everyday moments. Photographers such as Diane Arbus worked on the streets of New York City, creating vivid portraits of contemporary American life. Arbus often collaborated with her subjects, producing striking images in the moment or curating compositions for magazine commissions.

Fashion photography was on the rise in the period, with American publications such as Harper’s Bazaar playing a pivotal role in amplifying the art form. Louise Dahl-Wolfe, Lillian Bassman and Toni Frissell were regular contributors to the magazine. Their photographs depicted the idealistic and aspirational modern woman.

Yamazawa Eiko and Tokiwa Toyoko were trailblazing women photographers working in Japan at the same time. Their works reflect the social changes of postwar Japan, expressed through the medium of the photobook.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at left, three photographs by the photographer Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012): 'Black - with one white glove, Barbara Mullen, Christian Dior, Harper's Bazaar, New York, 1958' (1958, printed (1994); 'Toreador and Barbara Mullen (for Harper's Bazaar)' (1950, printed 2006); and 'More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper’s Bazaar, New York' (1956)

 

Installation views of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, three photographs by the photographer Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012): Black – with one white glove, Barbara Mullen, Christian Dior, Harper’s Bazaar, New York, 1958 (1958, printed (1994); Toreador and Barbara Mullen (for Harper’s Bazaar) (1950, printed 2006); and More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper’s Bazaar, New York (1956, below)
Photos: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at right, three photographs by the photographer Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012): 'Black - with one white glove, Barbara Mullen, Christian Dior, Harper's Bazaar, New York, 1958' (1958, printed (1994); 'Toreador and Barbara Mullen (for Harper's Bazaar)' (1950, printed 2006); and 'More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper's Bazaar, New York' (1956)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at right, three photographs by the photographer Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012): Black – with one white glove, Barbara Mullen, Christian Dior, Harper’s Bazaar, New York, 1958 (1958, printed (1994); Toreador and Barbara Mullen (for Harper’s Bazaar) (1950, printed 2006); and More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper’s Bazaar, New York (1956, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012) 'More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper's Bazaar, New York' 1956

 

Lillian Bassman (American, 1917-2012)
More fashion mileage per dress, Barbara Vaughn, Harper’s
Bazaar, New York

1956
gelatin silver photograph, ed. 13/25
43.1 x 60.9cm (image)
50.8 x 56.5cm (sheet)
Gift of Krystyna Campbell-Pretty AM and Family through
the Australian Government’s Cultural Gifts Program, 2023
© Estate of Lillian Bassman

 

Lillian Bassman began her career as a painting assistant at the Works Progress Administration, and studied fashion illustration and textile design at Pratt Institute in the late 1930s. In 1940 the famed art director of Harper’s Bazaar magazine, Alexey Brodovitch, offered her a scholarship to study under
him. This led to her role as art director of the magazine’s spinoff Junior Bazaar. There she worked with photographers such as Richard Avedon and Robert Frank, and in 1947 began working as a freelance photographer in fashion and advertising.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

New Ways Of Seeing: Portraits, Intimacy, Liberation

The 1960s and 1970s saw extraordinary social change around the world. Political activism was on the rise, stemming from the anti-Vietnam War movement. There was an increased consciousness around racial equality, feminism and LGBTQ rights. Photographers also documented the popularisation of alternative ways of living, such as shared housing and collective lifestyles, with images that sometimes appeared in counterculture publications.

Australian women photographers working during this period were among the first to gain access to tertiary photography education. Among the key ideas that emerged through the work of these artists was a focus on community, personal relationships and everyday life.

This exhibition culminates in 1975, a watershed year. It marked the first International Women’s Year, inaugurated through the first UN World Conference on Women, and the height of second-wave feminism. That year the NGV staged the exhibition Six Australian Women Photographers, sometimes referenced as Wimmin, featuring work by Marion Marrison, Melanie Nunn, Fiona Hall, Melanie Le Guay, Ingeborg Tyssen and Jacqueline Mitelman. Fifty years on, many of the images from that exhibition are included here, presented alongside work from the artists’ peers.

Text from the NGV website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

ALL: Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) 'Untitled' 1974 (installation view)

 

 ALL

Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947)
Untitled (installation view)
1974
Gelatin silver photographs
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased from Admission Funds, 1991
© Christine Godden
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) 'Untitled' 1974

 

Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947)
Untitled
1974
Gelatin silver photograph
15.2 x 22.5cm (image) 20.0 x 25.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased from Admission Funds, 1991
© Christine Godden

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at left, six photographs by Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) 'Untitled' 1973/1974

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, six photographs by Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) Untitled 1973/1974 (below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

ALL: Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) 'Untitled' 1973/74, printed 1986 (installation view)

 

Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947)
Untitled
1973, printed 1986
Untitled
1973, printed 1986
Untitled
1973, printed 1986
Untitled
1974
Untitled
1973, printed 1986
Untitled
1974
Purchased from Admission Funds, 1991
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at left, six photographs by Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) 'Untitled' 1973/1974; and four photographs by Marion Marrison (Australian, b. 1951) including at right 'No title (Lady)' (1973)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, six photographs by Christine Godden (Australian, b. 1947) Untitled 1973/1974 (above); and four photographs by Marion Marrison (Australian, b. 1951) including at right No title (Lady) (1973)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at right, four photographs by Fiona Hall (Australian, b. 1953)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at right, four 1974 photographs by Fiona Hall (Australian, b. 1953)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Fiona Hall began focusing on photography in the mid 1970s, following her time as an assistant to British landscape photographer Fay Godwin. Taken with a large-format camera, Hall’s early photographs were influenced by late modernism and formalism, the study of art focusing on the visual aspects of a work. In this image, Hall plays with forms and lines, capturing the elements of the room as if they have been layered, and she positions herself so that her reflection appears as though it is hovering in space. Curator and art historian Helen Ennis writes that while we often expect self-portraiture to reveal the artist, Hall’s photograph seems to conceal her.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at right, four 1974 photographs by Fiona Hall (Australian, b. 1953); and at right, four photographs by Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at right, four 1974 photographs by Fiona Hall (Australian, b. 1953); and at right, four photographs by Sue Ford (Australian, 1943-2009) (below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, Sue Ford 'Carmel and Trish' (1962, printed 1988) and Sue Ford 'Sue Pike' (1963, printed 1988)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Sue Ford Carmel and Trish (1962, printed 1988) and Sue Ford Sue Pike (1963, printed 1988)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Carmel and Trish (1962, printed 1988) was taken early in Sue Ford’s artistic career, and features her friends Carmel and Trish posing in a paddock. Although Ford approached her photography seriously, her sense of humour comes through in this image, which has been described as both an experiment and a playful critique of photography. Throughout her career, Ford often turned the camera on herself, as well as on her family, friends and acquaintances, using the medium to explore social and political issues. Her work is aligned with the important wave of Australian feminist photographers active during the 1970s

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing pages from Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980) and Virginia Fraser ​(Australian, 1947-2021) 'A book about Australian Women' ​Melbourne, Outback Press, 1974​ (below)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing pages from Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980) and Virginia Fraser ​(Australian, 1947-2021) A book about Australian Women ​Melbourne, Outback Press, 1974​ (below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980) and Virginia Fraser ​(Australian, 1947-2021) 'A book about Australian Women' ​ Melbourne, Outback Press, 1974​

 

Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980) and Virginia Fraser ​(Australian, 1947-2021)
A book about Australian Women
Melbourne, Outback Press, 1974​
Shaw Research Library

 

This book features 131 photographs by the Melbourne-based photographer Carol Jerrems, interspersed with interviews and texts edited by Virginia Fraser. Published in 1974, the year before International Women’s Year, it captures a moment in time when many Australian women were deeply engaged in global feminist ideas. Described as a ‘collective portrait’, A Book About Australian Women has become an iconic reference in Australian feminist history. It highlights a diverse group of women involved in cultural life across Australia. Some of those featured include writer Anne Summers, painter Grace Cossington Smith, film director Jennie Boddington and the Wiradjuri tennis champion Evonne Goolagong Cawley.

Vitrine text from the exhibition

 

Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980) 'Kath Walker, Moongalba' 1974

 

Carol Jerrems (Australian, 1949-1980)
Kath Walker (Oodgeroo Noonuccal), Moongalba
1974
Gelatin silver photograph
16.3 x 24.2cm (image and sheet)
ed. 1/9
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Gift of Ms Ingeborg Tyssen, 2001
© Courtesy of Ken Jerrems & estate of Lance Jerrems

 

Carol Jerrems studied photography at Prahran College in Melbourne, winning several student awards before first exhibiting her work in the early 1970s. Jerrems collaborated with Australian artist Virginia Fraser on the 1974 publication A Book About Australian Women, a suite of portraits featuring a diverse range of subjects. This portrait was taken as part of that project, and an edition is included in the book. The work features Oodgeroo Noonuccal, previously known as Kath Walker, who was an Aboriginal rights activist, poet, WWII veteran, environmentalist and educator. Noonuccal is photographed with her pen poised at the learning centre she established on Minjerribah (North Stradbroke Island, Queensland) to teach visitors to the island about Aboriginal culture and Country.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, two photographs by Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1946): 'No title (Helen at Falconer Street)' (c. 1975 printed 2018); and 'No title (In the backyard at Falconer Street)' (c. 1975 printed 2018)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, two photographs by Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1946): No title (Helen at Falconer Street) (c. 1975 printed 2018); and No title (In the backyard at Falconer Street) (c. 1975 printed 2018)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ponch Hawkes began to photograph while working as a journalist for the counterculture magazine The Digger in 1972. In 1973 she moved into a communal house in Melbourne with fellow Digger contributor Helen Garner. Together they produced stories for the broadsheet, documenting new ways of living emerging in inner-city Melbourne in the early 1970s.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at right, Ponch Hawkes 'No title (Summer night in the backyard at Falconer Street)' (c. 1975 printed 2018)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at right, Ponch Hawkes No title (Summer night in the backyard at Falconer Street) (c. 1975 printed 2018, below)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1945) 'No title (Summer night in the backyard at Falconer Street)' c. 1975, printed 2018

 

Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1945)
No title (Summer night in the backyard at Falconer Street)
c. 1975, printed 2018
Gelatin silver photograph
30.3 x 20.3cm (image)
38.3 x 27.9cm (sheet)
Purchased NGV Foundation, 2018
© Ponch Hawkes

 

Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1945) 'No title (Women's Theatre Group, performing outdoors beneath a Women's Liberation banner in the City Square)' 1975, printed 2018

 

Ponch Hawkes (Australian, b. 1945)
No title (Women’s Theatre Group, performing outdoors beneath a Women’s Liberation banner in the City Square)
1975, printed 2018
Gelatin silver photograph
20.2 x 30.3cm (image)
28.0 x 38.2cm (sheet)
National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne
Purchased NGV Foundation, 2018
© Ponch Hawkes, 2023

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026
Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing in the bottom image, top to bottom left to right, six photographs by Ponch Hawkes: 'No title (Women holding hands in front of graffiti, 'Lesbians are lovely')' (1973, printed 2018); 'No title (Graffiti)' (1975, printed 2018); 'No title (Women's Theatre Group, performing outdoors beneath a Women's Liberation banner in the City Square)' (1975, printed 2018); 'No title (Two women embracing, 'Glad to be gay')' (1973, printed 2018); 'No title (Fitzroy graffiti)' (1973, printed 2018); 'No title (Graffiti, 'Braddock… not mild, but sexist')' (1973, printed 2018)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing in the bottom image, top to bottom left to right, six photographs by Ponch Hawkes: No title (Women holding hands in front of graffiti, ‘Lesbians are lovely’) (1973, printed 2018); No title (Graffiti) (1975, printed 2018); No title (Women’s Theatre Group, performing outdoors beneath a Women’s Liberation banner in the City Square) (1975, printed 2018); No title (Two women embracing, ‘Glad to be gay’) (1973, printed 2018); No title (Fitzroy graffiti) (1973, printed 2018); No title (Graffiti, ‘Braddock… not mild, but sexist’) (1973, printed 2018)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Ponch Hawkes captured powerful images of lesbian love and friendship during Melbourne’s early 1970s gay liberation movement. Hawkes worked for the counterculture magazine The Digger alongside Australian writer Helen Garner. The two often collaborated on projects, producing impassioned essays and imagery that platformed communities often excluded from mainstream media. The pride and solidarity shown in these images stand in stark contrast to the extreme discrimination queer people faced during the time.

Wall text from the exhibition

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing at left, Ann Newmarch 'We must risk unlearning' (1975, below); and at second left, Ann Newmarch 'Two versions' (1975, below) with at right, photographs by Ponch Hawkes

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing at left, Ann Newmarch We must risk unlearning (1975, below) and at second left, Ann Newmarch Two versions (1975, below) with at right, photographs by Ponch Hawkes
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light' at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 - May 2026 showing from left to right, Ann Newmarch 'We must risk unlearning' (1975) and Ann Newmarch 'Two versions' (1975)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Women Photographers 1900-1975: A Legacy of Light at NGV International, Melbourne, November 2025 – May 2026 showing from left to right, Ann Newmarch We must risk unlearning (1975) and Ann Newmarch Two versions (1975)
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

 

NGV International
180 St Kilda Rd, Melbourne

Opening hours:
Open daily, 10am – 5pm

National Gallery of Victoria website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Helen Levitt’ at Fundación MAPFRE, Madrid

Exhibition dates: 19th February – 17th May, 2026

Curator: Joshua Chuang

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1938

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print

 

 

If there is one photographer in the history of the medium that captures the spirit of childhood, the spirit of a single city, and the spirit of life – then that photographer is the incomparable and beloved American photographer Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009).

I have posted on this exhibition before when it was displayed at Fundación MAPFRE, Barcelona but I have now added many more photographs to the exhibition posting. Despite emails to the gallery I have been unable to secure any installation photographs of the exhibition.

It’s worth quoting from my text “Levittation” from the earlier posting on this exhibition for indubitably it holds true:

“In her photographs there is an (in)direct engagement with the people that surrounded her (in her early works “she often hid her camera under her coat to capture candid, unnoticed moments on the streets”), an exchange of energy from the photographer to the subject and back through the camera onto the film… evidencing a generosity of spirit on the part of the artist towards her subjects. Here there is no pressing the camera into the face of the victim a la Garry Winogrand to evince a reaction, but a genuine sense of compassion and empathy towards the people who live in the great city of New York. …

As with any great art, the artist that produced it (even as she is ambitious) seems to be without ego. She lets the picture and the emotions tell the story without the shadow of the artist getting in the way (unlike much contemporary art and photography). For the work of art to have value in itself.

Thus, her photographs speak to us directly, or not at all.”1

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Marcus Bunyan. “Levittation,” on the Art Blart website, November 28, 2025 [Online] Cited 17/04/2026


Many thankx to Fundación MAPFRE, Madrid for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“Helen Levitt was one of the first women to stand out in the world of photography, especially in the field of urban photojournalism. She always avoided imposing an explicit narrative on her images and preferred not to comment on them, letting them speak for themselves. The commitment to this discretion, far from diminishing the value of her work, is precisely one of the keys that make it so fascinating and unique.”


Carles Toribio. “Helen Levitt: the poetry of the streets in images at the KBr of the Fundación MAPFRE,” on the Bonart website 22/09/25 [Online] Cited 17/04/2026

 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1938

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York City' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York City
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'Kid in Tree with Mask, New York' c. 1938

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) began photographing the streets of New York, her hometown, in the late 1930s, focusing mainly on poor neighbourhoods such as Spanish Harlem or the Lower East Side, where the street is the main stage of daily life. Her camera was directed primarily toward children and their street games. These childhood scenes are the central theme of a body of work that captivates us with its ability to transform everyday situations into images that convey all that life can hold of emotion, mystery, or humour and that, although lacking an explicit narrative, manage to establish an immediate connection with the viewer. Levitt’s work soon received the recognition it deserved, and as early as 1943 the Museum of Modern Art in New York organised her first solo exhibition (Photographs of Children).

In later years, she became deeply interested in film and colour photography. Regarding the former, in 1948 she collaborated on the documentary The Quiet One and co-directed In the Street, another documentary about the streets of Spanish Harlem. Both titles would be highly influential in the subsequent evolution of documentary cinema, inspiring artists such as Jonas Mekas and Andy Warhol. On the other hand, after receiving a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1959 to explore chromatic techniques, she began experimenting with colour photography, a medium in which she would also develop pioneering work.

A socially committed artist, Levitt was one of the first women to forge a professional career in photography. This exhibition is the first to be organised based on the entirety of her work and archives, which have only recently been made available for public consultation.

Text from the Fundación MAPFRE website

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) began photographing the streets of New York City, her hometown, in the late 1930s, focusing primarily on poor neighbourhoods like Spanish Harlem and the Lower East Side, where the street plays a central role as the stage for daily life. She documented intimate and fleeting moments of human connection, becoming a key figure in 20th-century photography.

Her training began as an apprentice in a Bronx studio, and in 1934 she acquired her first camera. Shortly after, she joined the New York Film and Photo League, where she met Henri Cartier-Bresson, whose influence was decisive in Levitt’s decision to pursue photography independently.

Between 1938 and 1942, she captured some of her most iconic images, documenting everyday life in working-class neighbourhoods of New York with a spontaneous, empathetic, and unpretentious eye. Her approach, focused especially on childhood and the fleeting moments of urban life, broke with the traditional canons of photojournalism and opened new avenues for photography as a means of poetic and social expression.

In 1943, MoMA dedicated her first solo exhibition to her, solidifying her place in art history.

Although her name is associated with “street photography,” since it was precisely the streets of her hometown that provided the context for her images, throughout her career she ventured into film and visited other countries, such as Mexico.

Levitt also explored colour photography and film, pioneering both fields. She co-directed the documentary In the Street and received a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1959 to research new colour techniques. Although a 1970 robbery resulted in the loss of much of her colour work, she resumed her photography, and MoMA screened her slides in 1974. During the following decades, she continued to photograph intermittently, returning to black and white and exploring new settings such as the New York subway. Her work, marked by ambiguity and restrained emotion, has been recognised for its ability to capture fleeting moments of human connection in complex urban environments.

The exhibition, curated by Joshua Chuang, offers a comprehensive overview of Levitt’s career through nine sections and some 220 photographs. It includes previously unseen works, as well as pieces taken in Mexico in 1941 and a significant portion of her colour work, which she began in the 1950s. In addition, her film In the Street, directed by Levitt herself along with Janice Loeb and James Agee, is presented, along with a screening of colour slides taken by the artist.

Press release from Fundación MAPFRE

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
Gypsy Boy, Harlem, New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1939
Gelatin silver print

 

Information

Dedicated full-time to her artistic activities, the photographer Helen Levitt (New York, 1913-2009) did not begin to gain public recognition until relatively late in life. Although her name has always been associated with “street photography,” as it was precisely the streets of her native city that provided the context for the production of her images, throughout her career Levitt made forays into film, visited other countries such as Mexico, and also focused on colour photography. Her images, almost invariably ambiguous and mysterious although not necessarily at first glance, are also characterised by their spontaneity, warmth and sensitivity. The movements and gestures of the figures captured by her lens and the communication between them transcend that inclination to “photograph children” which many critics pointed out after her first exhibition at the MoMA in 1943, entitled Helen Levitt: Photographs of Children.

Levitt’s work as a whole goes far beyond the latter aspect, revealing her acceptance of the pleasures, terrors and complexity of existence at all ages, traits often overlooked by the viewer when immersed in the harsh reality of the urban landscape.

The exhibition, the first to be devoted to the artist on the basis of the entirety of her work and archives, which have only recently become available for study, offers a broad overview of Levitt’s career through nine sections and around 220 photographs. It includes previously unexhibited images, as well as work produced in Mexico in 1941 and a large proportion of the artist’s work in colour, which she explored from the 1950s onward. It also features her film In the Street, directed by Levitt in collaboration with Janice Loeb and James Agee, and a projection of her colour slides.

Born in Brooklyn to a Russian-Jewish family, Helen Levitt dropped out of high school early and began her photography training in a Bronx studio. Influenced by Henri Cartier-Bresson, she pursued independent photography, capturing everyday life in New York neighbourhoods between 1938 and 1942. Her first solo exhibition was at the MoMA in 1943. She also experimented with film, making In the Street, and with colour photography, which gained her a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1959. Levitt continued to work intermittently, exploring new settings such as the subway and rural areas. Her creative output is recognised for its ability to capture moments of human connection in complex urban environments.

Key themes

Enigmatic photographs

Helen Levitt’s images possess a mysterious quality that transforms them into true visual enigmas. Her unique and highly perceptive gaze turns everyday scenes into compositions that are hard to define, creating an immediate connection with the viewer even when there is no clear narrative to explain them.

A pioneer with her own voice

Helen Levitt was one of the first women to make her way in the world of photography, especially in the field of street photography. She always avoided constructing an explicit narrative in her images and preferred not to talk about them. Far from diminishing its value, that decision is one of the key traits that make her work so interesting. Despite this characteristic of reserve, Levitt’s photographs connect with the viewer through the universal emotions they convey.

Text from Fundación MAPFRE

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print

 

Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) became a photographer in the mid-1930s after meeting Henri Cartier-Bresson and seeing his radical new pictures made with a discreet, handheld camera. By the end of the decade, she had developed a unique sensibility, one informed by Surrealism and a love of avant-garde cinema but focused on the interactions of ordinary people in the streets, sidewalks, stoops, and vacant lots of her native city.

Grounded in gritty realism but brimming with subversive humor, mischief, and pathos, Levitt’s pictures are open-ended and enigmatic, concealing as much as they reveal. Her uncanny photographs of urban children and their games brought Levitt early renown even as she remained attentive to the quiet gestures and movements of a broader swath of humanity observed with her 35mm Leica, especially in Spanish Harlem, where the activity of everyday life often spilled out of doors.

Following a months long foray in Mexico City, Levitt began to work in filmmaking, leading to a long hiatus in her photographic activity. In 1959, advances in the sensitivity colour film spurred her to take to the streets again with her Leica. She continued to photograph in colour throughout the 1970s, reverting to black-and-white film for a series of pictures taken in the New York City subway. Levitt continued to photograph intermittently until the early 1990s, when she became known as the “unofficial poet laureate” of New York and her oeuvre universally acknowledged as one of the most timeless and affecting in the history of the medium.

Joshua Chuang
Comisario / Curator

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'Mexico City' 1941

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
Mexico City
1941
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1942

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1942
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1942

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1942
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1945

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1945
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1948

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1948
Gelatin silver print

 

 

In the Street, 1948 – A Film by Helen Levitt, ft. New Musical Score by Ben Model | From the Vault – The Metropolitan Museum of Art

Filmed in East Harlem just after the end of World War II, “In the Street” is a dynamic, tender, and often humorous portrait of life in New York City: children dance and play in alleyways, shopkeepers sweep the sidewalks, onlookers watch from their windows. This captivating film presents the bustling theater of city life, where “every human is a poet, a masker, a warrior, a dancer.” Directed by the renowned photographer Helen Levitt, in collaboration with Janice Loeb and James Agee, and featuring a new musical score written and performed by Ben Model.

Text from the YouTube website

 

Early Work / Graffiti / Gypsies

Only a few examples survive from Levitt’s first year using a Leica camera. Amid the backdrop of the Great Depression, her pictures of lone figures hunched over or lying on the ground appear documentary in their impulse, while other depictions of people in urban surroundings are notably more ambivalent in their view.

In 1937, while employed by the Federal Art Project to teach at a public school in East (Spanish) Harlem, Levitt noticed the many chalk drawings and messages illicitly scrawled by children on streets and buildings on her way to work, and began to document them in all their variety, innocence, and vulgarity. She sometimes also portrayed the artists themselves posing next to their ephemeral interventions.

Around 1938, on the advice of Walker Evans, Levitt began to use a right-angle viewfinder, a device that allowed her to face one direction while pointing her camera in another. This was particularly effective in recording the uninhibited interactions of the “gypsy” families prevalent in Spanish Harlem and Yorkville. Drawn to their way of life, she also borrowed Evans’s 4 x 5-inch view camera and tripod to make portraits of “gypsy” children in their homes.

1938-1940 / Mexico City / A Way of Seeing

By 1940 Levitt had established her terrain, subject, and approach. In a rare statement, she later described her intent “to seize upon and record those apparently accidental disarrangements that nevertheless and in seeming contradiction provide a more intense apperception of reality.” Uninterested in portraying New York City as a bustling metropolis, Levitt instead saw it as an environment whose “size and varied character constantly forces into the open material for my camera.” The working class, immigrant neighbourhoods she frequented – where adults chatted on stoops, mothers and children leaned out of windows, and children were left to their own devices – proved to be an especially fertile ground for her work.

In 1941, again inspired by Cartier-Bresson’s example, Levitt, a reluctant traveller, went to Mexico City with a friend to photograph there. Initially struggling with the challenge of working in new environment, she was eventually able to find her artistic footing, producing a body of work that at once acknowledged rawer social realities while locating a subtle lyricism unique to the city and its people. It would be her only trip abroad.

Upon her return to New York City, Levitt picked up where she left off, picking up on more sober themes of melancholy, alienation, and what she referred to as “the deep repressions of the unyoung.” After having photographed for a decade, Levitt collaborated with her friend, the writer and critic James Agee, to edit and sequence a book of her New York photographs. Envisioning the project as an urban counterpart to Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, his 1941 collaboration with Walker Evans, Agee wrote an extensive essay to accompany Levitt’s pictures that heralded their lyric qualities, the sum of which presented “unified view of the world, an insistent but irrefutable manifesto.” After a series of setbacks, the book, eventually given the title A Way of Seeing, was not published until nearly two decades later in 1965.

Color / Metro / Anys 1980

In 1959, Levitt was granted a Guggenheim fellowship to experiment with “the latest techniques in colour photography.” Her Leica loaded with colour slide film, she walked some of the same streets she had frequented in the 30s and 40s, newly attentive to the chromatic character of her compositions. After the bulk of her slides were stolen by a burglar in 1970, Levitt redoubled her efforts, photographing throughout the decade with renewed zeal, developing an intuitive system of colour that was at once transporting and transparent. In 1974, a continuous projection of forty of Levitt’s slides were featured at MoMA in New York, after which she began to realise select images as dye transfer prints.

Around the same time, Levitt also decided to revisit the subterranean theater of New York City subway as a site to make pictures, having served as a decoy for Walker Evans’s subway project work more than three decades earlier. With her subjects largely stationary in train cars and platforms, Levitt attended to the nuances of expression and gesture, recording quiet dramas amid unflattering light and cramped quarters.

From the 1980s onwards, Levitt continued to photograph, but only intermittently, working mainly in black and white, both in the city and outside it.

Text from Fundación MAPFRE

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1975

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1975
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York (Woman and taxi)' 1982

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York (Woman and taxi)
1982
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' Nd

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
Nd
Gelatin silver print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1971

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1971
Dye transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1972

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1972
Dye transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1974 dye-transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1974
Dye transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'Cat next to red car, New York' 1973

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
Cat next to red car, New York
1973
Type C print
18 x 12 inches

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1976

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1976
Dye transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York City (phone booth)' 1988 Dye-transfer print

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York City (phone booth)
1988
Dye transfer print

 

 

Fundación MAPFRE
Recoletos Exhibition Hall
Paseo Recoletos 23, 28004 Madrid
Phone: +34 91 581 61 00

Opening hours:
Mondays (except holidays): 2pm – 8pm
Tuesday to Saturday: 11am – 8pm
Sunday and holidays: 11am – 7pm

Fundación MAPFRE website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Lisette Model Retrospective’ at the Albertina Museum, Vienna

Exhibition dates: 30th October, 2025 – 22nd February, 2026

Curators: Walter Moser, head of the department of photography at the Albertina, with assistant curator Nina Eisterer

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Promenade des Anglais, Nice' 1934 from the exhibition 'Lisette Model Retrospective' at The Albertina Museum, Vienna, October 2025 - February 2026

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Promenade des Anglais, Nice
1934
Gelatin silver print
50.7 x 40.4cm
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy of baudoin lebon and Avi Keitelman

 

 

From the gut

All the haughtiness of the upper-upper, lower-upper, socialites and high society in Promenade des Anglais, Nice (1934, below) versus all the “colour” and characters of Sammy’s Bar in New York, salt of the earth, dead beat party animals (1940-1944, below).

All the obsequious opulence of the women in Fashion Show, Hotel Pierre, New York (1940-1946, below) versus all the low angle, unbuttoned bulk of a New York bag lady in Lower East Side, New York (1940-1947, below)

Model sure doesn’t pull any punches and, perchance, you know which side of the fence she sits.

Combining social realism and emotional expression Model’s street-life scenes and portraits are shot with a razor sharp mind and eye, honed with emotional insight and social conviction, promoting “a fierce attack on the bourgeoisie of the time.” These images are shot from the gut, felt in the gut! Oooof! Kapow!

This philosophical, libertarian vision is grounded in the everydayness of working people, not in men “who sit at desks as large as thrones, who gather in solemn hemicycles, in splendid and severe seats…”

Her Promenade des Anglais photographs are incisive, cutting to the marrow, evidencing a piercing, core-level truth about the nature of power, money, humility, humanity. Knowing exactly the story she wanted to tell, Model cropped her negatives in the darkroom to get the desired, constructed photographs of the elite, this promenade of the privileged. That she passed on her wisdom to Diane Arbus is only to our benefit.

Model’s photographs in this series are more biting, satirical and oblique than those of Arbus. Direct in one way (in the placement of the camera in front of the subject) but oblique in another … in the asymmetrical placement of the figures within the picture plane, in the sly acknowledgement (or not) and resentment of the camera by the subject. Conversely, her photographs of people in nightclubs, jazz performers and the socially disadvantaged are humanist photographs of the highest order, unorthodox musical compositions that sing with light, movement, and life much more so than the square, formal attributes of the Arbus.

God bless Lisette Model for her glorious irreverence and musical lyricism.

Dr Marcus Bunyan


Many thankx to The Albertina Museum for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“As long as man exploits man, as long as humanity is divided into masters and servants, there will be neither normality nor peace. The reason for all the evil of our time is here. Do you see these? Severe, double-breasted, elegant men who get on and off airplanes, who run in powerful cars, who sit at desks as large as thrones, who gather in solemn hemicycles, in splendid and severe seats: these men with the faces of dogs or of saints, of hyenas or eagles, these are the masters.”


Pier Paolo Pasolini

 

Model’s libertarian philosophy is not easy to classify… it is often stuck in the approximation of street photography… but photography, when it is great, is one! and one only!… Genres only serve to sink it into the language of commerce! The lopsided shots, the deep blacks, the stellar whites… beaded with emotional uniqueness… see the human being as an end and never as a means… they invite us to think that justice is inseparable from beauty, it is a way of doing things well, like a chair-setter, a coalman, or a bricklayer… to flee from the arrogance, imitation, and contempt that accompany social codifications… what is beautiful is naturally right… because photography is not just a linguistic quest, but precisely as a linguistic quest, it is a philosophical vision… that respects no barriers or emulates the gods… it is an original, archetypal desire, that takes precedence over everything and carries it as the absolute value of beauty and justice!


Pino Bertelli. “Lisette Model. Sulla fotografia del disinganno,” on the Phocus Magazine website Nd [Online] Cited 02/02/2026. Translated from the Italian by Google Translate. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Promenade des Anglais, Nice' 1934

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Promenade des Anglais, Nice
1934
Gelatin silver print
43.2 x 35.4cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris /
Keitelman, Brussels

 

“Visiting her mother in Nice in 1934 Model took her camera out on the Promenade des Anglais and made a series of portraits which to this day are among her most widely reproduced and widely exhibited images. With them Model declared her trademark style: Close-up, biting, satirical – almost like photographic political cartoons. In a nice bit of art history sleuthing, Thomas discovered that this series was published in the communist periodical Regards, a publication led by Ehrenburg, Gide, Gorky and Malreaux in 1935. Model, she says, never denied having published her work in Europe, but neither did she ever precisely acknowledge having done so… Thomas also relates Model’s style to the style of images published in Regards and what was being shown in small galleries – that approach, almost mocking, surely exposing, with the photographer or artist clearly separate/different if not superior from the subject – was in the air. Model perfected it, but she didn’t invent it.”

Elsa Dorfman. “Ann Thomas on Lisette Model,” on the AMERICANSUBURB X: THEORY website, June 14, 2010 [Online] Cited 03/02/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Promenade des Anglais, Nice' 1937 from the exhibition 'Lisette Model Retrospective' at The Albertina Museum, Vienna, October 2025 - February 2026

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Promenade des Anglais, Nice
1937
Gelatin silver print
50.7 x 40.4cm
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne
© Estate of Lisette Model

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Promenade des Anglais, Nice' 1937

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Promenade des Anglais, Nice
1937
Gelatin silver print
50.7 x 40.4cm
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne
© Estate of Lisette Model

 

Lisette Model (1901-1983), born into a Viennese Jewish family, is regarded as one of the 20th century’s most influential photographers. This ALBERTINA exhibition presents a broad retrospective covering her most important groups of works created between 1933 and 1959. Alongside iconic photographs such as Coney Island Bather and Café Metropole, the selection will also include seldom-seen works.

Model, following her emigration to New York in 1938, quickly rose to prominence with her pictures for magazines such as Harper’s Bazaar showing facets of urban life: the poverty of the Lower East Side, the upper class at their leisure pursuits, and night life at bars and jazz clubs. Model went on to become an influential teacher during the McCarthy Era. The exhibition features the first-ever public presentation of the original draft of her 1979 monograph, a classic of photo book history.

Text from The Albertina Museum website

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'First Reflection, New York' 1939-1940, printed 1976-1981

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
First Reflection, New York
1939-1940, printed 1976-1981
Gelatin silver print
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Window, Bonwit Teller, New York' 1939-1940, printed 1976-1981

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Window, Bonwit Teller, New York
1939-1940, printed 1976-1981
Gelatin silver print
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Reflections, New York' 1939-1945

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Reflections, New York
1939-1945
Gelatin silver print
26.5 x 33.4cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris / Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Singer, Sammy's Bar, New York' c. 1940

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Singer, Sammy’s Bar, New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
© Estate of Lisette Model

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Couple Dancing' 1940

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Couple Dancing
1940
Gelatin silver print
© Estate of Lisette Model

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Sammy’s Bar, New York' 1940-1944

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Sammy’s Bar, New York
1940-1944
Gelatin silver print
37.8 x 49cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna – Permanent Loan Austrian Ludwig Foundation for Arts and Science
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris / Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Sammy's' 1940-1944

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Sammy’s
1940-1944
Gelatin silver print
© Estate of Lisette Model

 

 

Born into a Viennese family with Jewish roots, Lisette Model (1901-1983) is considered one of the most internationally influential female photographers. The exhibition at the ALBERTINA Museum is the most comprehensive presentation of the artist in Austria to date and brings together her most important groups of works from 1933 to 1959. In addition to iconic photographs such as Coney Island Bather and Singer at the Metropole Café, the exhibition also includes lesser-known works that have never been shown before.

While Lisette Model initially pursued a musical education, it was only in France, where she lived from the mid-1920s, that she found her way to photography: in 1934, the self-taught photographer took her revealing series of portraits of rich idlers in Nice, which caused a sensation as a biting social critique in the heated political climate of the time. After Model emigrated to New York in 1938, she quickly made a name for herself in the vibrant art scene as a freelance photographer for style-setting magazines such as Harper’s Bazaar. She photographed the diverse and contradictory facets of urban life: Model showed the poor population of the Lower East Side district in unsparing shots, the upper class at their pleasures in confrontational portraits and the vibrant nightlife in bars and jazz clubs in dynamic series. In the late 1940s and 1950s, she created extensive groups of works outside New York.

The photos of the west coast of the USA or Venezuela are characterised by a melancholy and gloomy mood without Model losing sight of social conditions. Due to political reprisals during the McCarthy era, Model began her second, enormously influential career as a teacher. After decades of effort, the publishing house Aperture published her first monograph in 1979. The exhibition Lisette Model presents the original design of this publication, which is now a classic among photo books, for the first time.

Lisette Model

Lisette Model (1901-1983) brought about a sudden change in photography with her spectacularly direct pictures. Her immediate, humorous, frequently confrontational, yet sometimes also empathetic style of representation revolutionised traditional documentary photography. Her pictures of street-life scenes and portraits combine social realism and emotional expression: “Shoot from the gut!” was her famous credo. This retrospective brings together Model’s most important groups of works from her nearly thirty-year career, from 1933 to 1959, including works that have never been on view before.

Lisette Model was born as Elise Amelie Felicie Stern (Seybert) into an upper class Viennese family with Jewish roots in 1901. She initially pursued a musical education and from 1919 to 1921 attended courses taught by composer Arnold Schönberg at the progressive Schwarzwald School, which had been founded by Eugenie Schwarzwald. Her contact with Schönberg proved formative for Model’s artistic work. After her father’s death, Lisette Model, together with her mother and sister, moved to France in 1926, where she discovered photography. In 1934 she shot her first extensive portrait series of wealthy idlers in Nice, which caused a furor for betraying social criticism in the heated political climate of the time.

Having emigrated to New York in 1938, Model quickly made a name for herself in the art scene as a freelance photographer for such influential magazines as Harper’s Bazaar. She photographed the contrasts of urban life: in unsparing images, Model presented the impoverished population of the Lower East Side; in scathing portraits, she depicted the upper classes indulging in their pleasures; and in a number of dynamic series, she captured the pulsating nightlife of the metropolis. In the late 1940s and 1950s she created her first series of works outside New York. Due to political reprisals during the McCarthy era, Model’s artistic work stagnated. She embarked on an influential career as a teacher, shaping an entire generation of photographers, including Larry Fink, Diane Arbus, and others.

France

In 1926, Lisette Model moved to France, where she continued her vocal training, which she was forced to discontinue abruptly due to voice problems. In 1933 she turned to photography instead. The threatening political situation in Europe made it necessary for her to learn a profession, and photography offered itself as a modern field of activity especially for women. Model’s sister Olga, a trained photographer, and the artist Rogi André provided important inspiration, including the momentous advice to photograph only what aroused her passionate interest.

The economic crisis and the rise of fascism went hand in hand with a debate among committed left-wing artists about documentary photography. The central question was to what extent photography could expose social injustices and serve as a weapon in social conflicts. It is unclear how closely Model followed these debates; in later years, she remained persistently silent on the subject. Her early photographs from Paris clearly reveal a socially critical approach. Going about her work with distinct directness, she photographed sleeping homeless people and blind beggars, whom she characterised as victims of social circumstances through their bent bodies.

In July 1934, Lisette Model used a Rolleiflex to photograph a series of portraits of wealthy idlers on the Promenade des Anglais in Nice. It was synonymous with glamour and elite tourism and a popular motif at the time. Yet Model portrayed her subjects as caricatures through their facial expressions, postures, and gestures. The narrow cropping of the motifs suggests that the photographer was in close proximity to her subjects, who look condescendingly into the camera. In fact, however, Model achieved this effect in the darkroom, where she selected radically novel perspectives from the negatives.

Regards

Although Lisette Model was only at the beginning of her career, the respected communist magazine Regards published her photographs from the series Promenade des Anglais in 1935. The layout of the article juxtaposed Model’s portraits with an image of a female worker with a fishing net. The accompanying text also embeds the photographs in the ideological rhetoric of class struggle: “The Promenade des Anglais is a zoological garden where the most abominable specimens of the human species lounge in white armchairs. Their faces betray boredom, condescension, impertinent stupidity, and at times malice. These rich people, who spend most of their time dressing, adorning themselves, manicuring their nails, and applying makeup, fail to conceal the decadence and immeasurable emptiness of bourgeois thinking.”

Against the backdrop of the repressive climate of the McCarthy era in the 1950s, Lisette Model would later tone down the political content of her images from Nice. Instead, she emphasised the humour and her intuitive approach to portraiture in public spaces.

New York

In October 1938, Lisette Model emigrated to New York with her husband Evsa Model, a Jewish-Russian painter. Her first series shot there reveal her great fascination with the metropolis. The work Reflection, which makes use of reflections in shop windows, merges motifs and spaces to create an enigmatic collage. For the Running Legs photographs, Model did not point her camera upwards at the skyscrapers as usual, but looked at the feet of passersby at street level. Model experienced New York’s hectic and consumer-oriented culture as ambivalent: the dark shadows in the windows of the department stores seem threatening, and the dense crowds of legs have a claustrophobic effect. In portraits of people on Fifth Avenue and Wall Street photographed from below, Model highlights the arrogance of the pedestrians rushing by.

Shortly after her arrival in New York, Lisette Model attracted the attention of several key figures in the art and media world. Her contacts with Ralph Steiner, editor of the magazine PM’s Weekly, and Alexey Brodovitch, the legendary art director of Harper’s Bazaar, proved momentous. In 1941, Steiner published Model’s biting photographs of the Promenade des Anglais in Nice under the provocative title “Why France Fell” as an explanation for the country’s defeat in World War II. Model’s first commission for Harper’s Bazaar took her to the popular leisure destination of Coney Island, where she shot her iconic photographs of a bather with an empathetic eye. As early as 1940, the Museum of Modern Art in New York acquired one of Model’s pictures and continued to show her works in exhibitions in the following years.

Lower East Side

In one of her most extensive groups of works, Lisette Model focuses on the residents of the Lower East Side. Model’s attention to physical peculiarities and extremes becomes particularly apparent in it. Retrospectively defined cropping detaches the people from their spatial surroundings and emphasises the sitters’ statuesque monumentality.

Lisette Model shared her interest in the socially disadvantaged with photographers from the New York Photo League, an influential left-wing political association dedicated to socially committed photography. Becoming a member, Model actively participated in Photo League events and exhibited on its premises. And yet she distanced herself from her photography being categorised as political or social documentary. She also rejected accusations of portraying her models overly sarcastically, arguing instead for a humanist point-of-view that focuses on the strength and personality of her subjects. Emotional expression and social realism are inextricably linked in these photographs: the expressive bodies clearly display the burden of tough living conditions.

Entertainment

Similar to her photographs from France, Model also explored disparities in urban life in New York. The harsh images of the Lower East Side are juxtaposed with photographs of people indulging in leisure activities and amusing themselves at all kinds of shows. Model captured these scenes with a keen eye for human contradictions and bizarre moments: dressed-up ladies at a fashion show are just as much a part of this as participants in a dog show bearing a striking resemblance to their four-legged friends. Photographs taken in museums do not focus on the artworks intently viewed by visitors, but rather on the act of vision itself. With a few exceptions, the series Dog Show and Museum have only survived as negatives. They can now be presented here in digital form for the first time.

Nightlife

Lisette Model’s intuitive approach to photography reached its peak in her pictures of nightclubs. Using bright flashes, she snatched the celebrating guests and energetic performers from the darkness and in the subsequent post-editing of the images tilted the motifs to render the compositions more dynamic. The depiction of expressive gestures and people in moments of emotional tension recalls the body images of the early Viennese Expressionists, whom Model got to know through her contact with Arnold Schönberg. Model, who always vehemently denied the influence of other artists, acknowledged solely Schönberg’s impact on her work. His theory of the “emancipation of dissonance,” which expands on classical harmony, is echoed both in Model’s unorthodox compositions and in her caricatures.

The traumatic experience of exile left deep traces in Lisette Model’s work. Like the Lower East Side before, nightclubs were places populated by immigrants. They evoked a sense of social belonging and cultural familiarity in the artist.

West Coast

In 1946, Lisette Model accompanied her husband Evsa to San Francisco on an invitation from the California School of Fine Arts (CSFA). She quickly established connections with the lively photography scene on the US West Coast, where famous photographers such as Ansel Adams and Edward Weston were active. Model returned several times and in 1949 taught a course on documentary photography at the CSFA’s photography department; she continued with her teaching in New York from 1951 onward.

Model did her first major groups of works outside New York. The photographs of visitors to the opera of San Francisco rank among her most striking portraits and illustrate her strategy of bringing out individual characters by exaggerating physical peculiarities.

In 1949 an assignment for the Ladies Home Journal took Lisette Model to Reno, Nevada. She photographed women staying at so-called “divorce ranches,” waiting for their divorces to be finalised. Thanks to more liberal laws, divorce was possible in Nevada after a waiting period of just a few weeks – compared to the patriarchal rules of other states, this was an uncomplicated way for women in particular to separate from their spouses. Lisette Model’s sympathy for her sitters becomes palpable. Unlike the pictures taken in San Francisco, these portraits are less expressive, but more melancholic instead.

Venezuela

In the 1950s, in the wake of Senator Joseph McCarthy’s communist witch hunt, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) inquired into Lisette Model’s activities. Neighbours and even her grocer were questioned about the artist. In February 1954 two FBI agents finally interrogated Lisette Model and accused her of alleged membership in the communist party and of her actual affiliation with the Photo League, which had already disbanded in 1951 due to political pressure. The agents were unable to prove any wrongdoing on Model’s part, but classified her as uncooperative and recommended that she be placed on the security watch list. As a result of these accusations, Model lost some of her most important clients and was forced to supplement her income by working as a teacher.

Plagued by financial difficulties, she travelled to Caracas in 1954, accepting an invitation extended by the Venezuelan government. By then, Venezuela had been under the presidency of Marcos Evangelista Pérez Jiménez for two years – a military officer and dictator who modernised Caracas and exploited the country’s rich oil reserves. In photographs that were unusual for her in terms of motif and style, Model captured the technical infrastructure for oil production around Lake Maracaibo. Because of their gloomy atmosphere, the images were unsuitable for use in advertising and propaganda. Unsettled by the paranoia of the McCarthy era, the photographer often found it difficult to relate to her surroundings.

Jazz

As a result of the reprisals during the McCarthy era, Lisette Model photographed significantly less in the 1950s than in the promising decades before. One exception were the photographs she took during a horserace in New York in 1956, where she directed her attention at the audience instead of the competition. Her preoccupation with the subject of jazz was most intense. It is Model’s largest body of work, which developed from her photographs of New York nightclubs in the 1940s. Model was one of the few women to photograph jazz events such as the Newport Jazz Festival or concerts of the Lenox School of Jazz at the Berkshire Music Barn in Massachusetts. Highly musical herself, Model knew how to use her straightforward approach to convey the passion and intensity of the musicians’ playing as an immediate experience. No musician was photographed by her as often as Billie Holiday. One of Lisette Model’s last pictures, taken in 1959, shows the singer lying in her coffin.

In the 1950s, Model planned to publish her jazz photographs. It would have been the first monographic jazz book in history, but the project failed when her former client at Harper’s Bazaar discredited Model as a “troublemaker” and, due to her “political unreliability,” dissuaded potential financial backers.

Starting in the 1970s, Lisette Model was rediscovered in exhibitions and interviews. After years of effort, the first monograph on her work, with an introduction by Berenice Abbott, came out in 1979 with the renowned publisher Aperture. It is now considered an incunabulum within the photo book genre. The Albertina owns the hitherto unpublished dummy with original prints. Originally, the book was to be printed with a comprehensive biography of the artist penned by author Phillip Lopate. Dissatisfied with the text, Model had the manuscript withdrawn and commented on it with scathing remarks: “I thought an introduction was to be written – not that I was to be put on trial,” she noted down on the title page.

Model’s behaviour was indicative of the protective shield she had built around her private life as a result of her threatening encounter with the paranoia of the McCarthy era. In her public statements and interviews she obscured facts and details of her biography. She resisted simplistic interpretations of her work, but also concealed and marginalised references to politically explosive works, such as the publication of her photographs from Nice in the communist publication Regards in the mid-1930s.

Press release from The Albertina Museum

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Coney Island Bather, New York' 1939-1941

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Coney Island Bather, New York
1939-1941
Gelatin silver print
49.5 × 39.3cm
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne
©️ Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy of baudoin lebon and Avi Keitelman

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Fashion Show, Hotel Pierre, New York' 1940-1946

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Fashion Show, Hotel Pierre, New York
1940-1946
Gelatin silver print
39.3 x 49.2 cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna, Permanent Loan Austrian Ludwig Foundation for Arts and Science
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris / Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Lower East Side, New York' 1940-1947

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Lower East Side, New York
1940-1947
34.6 × 27.1cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris / Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (1901-1983) 'Albert-Alberta, Hubert's 42nd St Flea Circus, New York' 1945

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Albert-Alberta, Hubert’s Forty-second Street Flea Circus, New York
1945, printed 1980s
Gelatin silver print
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Female impersonator' c. 1945

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Female impersonator
c. 1945
Gelatin silver print
National Gallery of Canada, Ottawa

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Opera, San Francisco' 1949

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Opera, San Francisco
1949
Gelatin silver print
34 × 26.6cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris / Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (American, born Austria 1901-1983) 'Opera, San Francisco' 1949

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Opera, San Francisco
1949
Gelatin silver print
© The Lisette Model Foundation

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)

Lisette Model (Vienna, 1901 – New York, 1983) was one of the main practitioners of North American direct photography. Born into a Jewish bourgeois family in Vienna, she studied piano and singing with Arnold Schönberg. In 1926 she moved to Paris where she became interested in painting and photography. Due to the oncoming war in Europe and growing anti-Semitism spreading throughout the continent, Model moved to New York in 1938 and began to work as a photographer for the magazine Harper’s Bazaar under the guidance of Alexey Brodovitch. She became a member of the Photo League.

Free of any sort of indoctrination, Model’s work stands out for her use of direct portraiture and for focusing on the peculiarities of the people she portrayed. Her images are full of low-angle shots, radical framings, and powerful black and white contrasts, making them greatly expressive. Some of her most renowned series – Promenade des Anglais, Reflections, and Running Legs – were produced in the French Côte d’Azur and in New York.

At the end of her career Model worked with Gerhard Sander, grandson of the photographer August Sander, who became her art dealer and lab assistant. Her work as an instructor was also notable. She began teaching in 1949 at the California School of Fine Arts and continued to teach throughout her life at other institutions such as the New School for Social Research. Her role as a professor would leave a mark on some of the most important photographers of the following generation, such as Diane Arbus, Larry Fink, and Peter Hujar, to name a few.

Text from the Fundacion MAPFRE website

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Singer at the Metropole Café, New York' 1946

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Singer at the Metropole Café, New York
1946
Gelatin silver print
49.6 x 39.8 cm
The ALBERTINA Museum, Vienna
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy Lebon, Paris /
Keitelman, Brussels

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Woman with Veil, San Francisco' 1949

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Woman with Veil, San Francisco
1949
Gelatin silver print
49.8 x 10.1 cm
Estate of Gerd Sander, Julian Sander Gallery, Cologne
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy of baudoin lebon and Avi Keitelman

 

Closeness that does not comfort

Model’s photographs are close. Uncomfortably close. Faces, bodies, gestures fill the frame, often to the limit of what is bearable. The famous tight cropping, often decided only in the darkroom, frees the people from their surroundings and confronts the viewer with full presence. There is no escaping. No decorative surroundings.

And yet there is no voyeurism. No mockery. Despite all the harshness, these images carry a form of respect, often with a good dose of humor or, depending on the subject, social criticism. You sense that someone is looking here, not looking down. There is tension hanging in the air – between ruthlessness and empathy – and it keeps the work relevant to this day.

Anonymous. “Zeit hinzusehen: Lisette Model in der Albertina,” on the ViennaCultgram website Nd [online] Cited 02/02/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Ollie McLaughlin, Hotel Viking, Newport Jazz Festival, Rhode Island' 1956

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Ollie McLaughlin, Hotel Viking, Newport Jazz Festival, Rhode Island
1956
Gelatin silver print
27.5 × 34.9cm
© Estate of Lisette Model, courtesy of baudoin lebon and Avi Keitelman

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Ella Fitzgerald' 1954

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Ella Fitzgerald
1954
Gelatin silver print

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Dizzy Gillespie, New York Jazz Festival' 1956

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Dizzy Gillespie, New York Jazz Festival
1956
Gelatin silver print

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983) 'Bud Powell, New York Jazz Festival' 1957

 

Lisette Model (American born Austria, 1901-1983)
Bud Powell, New York Jazz Festival
1957
Gelatin silver print

 

 

The Albertina Museum
Albertinaplatz 1
1010 Vienna
Phone: +43 (0)1 534 83 0

Daily 10am – 6pm
Except Wednesday and Friday 10am – 9pm

The Albertina Museum website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary’ at The Photographers’ Gallery, London

Exhibition dates: 10th October, 2025 – 22nd February, 2026

Curators: Laurie Hurwitz and Shoair Mavlian in collaboration with Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary' at The Photographers' Gallery, London showing at left, photographs from his series 'Luriki' (1971-1985) and 'Sots Art' (c. 1975-1986); and at right, a photograph from the series 'National Hero' (1991)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary at The Photographers’ Gallery, London showing at left, photographs from his series Luriki (1971-1985, below) and Sots Art (c. 1975-1986, below); and at right, a photograph from the series National Hero (1991, below)

 

 

“The world is made up of many worlds. Some are connected and some are not.”

From the film Perfect Days, 2023 directed by Wim Wenders

 

I love this man’s work. I feel very connected to his worlds. His constructed discontinuities. His ruptures, compressions, ambiguities. His social codifications of rich, poor, haves and have nots, and, as someone said, his portrayal of “the overlooked, the uncomfortable, and the unabashedly human.”

“Mikhailov’s visual pairings deliver unambiguous messages, almost violent in their straightforwardness. Multiple juxtapositions of unconsciously drunk men prostrating under passers-by feet to that of stray dogs, dead or alive, explicitly comment on human’s life disintegration to the state of an animal, its reduction to bare bones – and yes, an animal carcass, a metaphoric sign of abject poverty, is also present in this visual narrative in a scene with two men dragging a piece of spinal vertebrae of a large creature, a cow or, perhaps, a horse. Rotten banana peels sit across the page from infected flaccid limbs and genitalia. A posture of a naked woman reclining on a sullied mattress echoes that of a rubber sex doll staring from the next page. A close-up of a bruised woman’s breast with a crude stitches over a wound parallels gaping cracks of a damaged mail box. Thus the physical body of a homeless person starts speaking about the city as an organism, equally abused and dismembered. Wounds inflected upon flesh are surface manifestations of wounds inflected upon the city and the society at large.”1

“By subverting idealised Soviet imagery, he proposed a raw, ironic, and unremarkable version of reality, always seeking to capture the spirit of his times through the everyday. Or, better yet, to condense that spirit for others, not through words but through a visual semantics of his own making.”2

Experimental, conceptual, staged, performative, his photographs appeal to my subversive nature, prodding as they do at the status quo. His “rebellious visual language” takes us on a journey – his journey, Ukraine’s journey – “a journey through time, loss, and transformation.”

I wrote of his work in an earlier posting on this exhibition when it was at the Maison Européenne de la Photographie (MEP), Paris:

“Mikhailov’s photographs are emotionally powerful, politically astute and uncannily effective conversations with the world… about subjects that should matter to all of us: war, destitution, poverty, oppression, and the power of an authoritarian state to control the thoughts and actions of human beings under its control. They are about the freedom of individual people to live their lives as they choose; and they are about the freedom of a group of people which form a country to not be subjugated under the rule of another country to which they are historically linked.

His photographs are about choice and difference, they are about life.

They perform a task, that is, they bring into consciousness … the ground on which we stand together, against oppression, for freedom. Of course, no country is without its problems, its historical traumas, prejudices and corruption but the alternative is being ruled over without a choice, which is totally unacceptable.

Against the “failed promises of both communism and capitalism” and the “economic history that is written on the flesh” of the poor, Boris Mikhaïlov’s Ukrainian diary documents day after day the dis-ease and fragility, but also resilience, of his subjects and the world in which they live. He uses his art as a visual tool for cultural resistance. And the thing about his images is: you remember them. They are unlike so much bland, conceptual contemporary photography because these are powerful, emotional images. In their being, in their presence, they resonate within you.”

In this earlier posting you will find a longer text that I wrote, descriptions of the each of the artist’s series and more images. I hope you can view the posting.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

 1/ Extract from Olena Chervonik, “Urban Opera of Boris Mikhailov,” on the MOKSOP website, 9th April 2020 [Online] Cited 27/01/2026

2/ Kateryna Filyuk. “Recalcitrant Diarist of the Everyday,” on The Photographers’ Gallery website Nd [Online] Cited 05/02/2026


Many thankx to The Photographers’ Gallery, London for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“I chose to focus on ordinary, everyday scenes and the search for formal solutions to translate this mundaneness into photography.”


Boris Mikhailov, “Everyone has became more circumspect…,” in Tea Coffee Cappuccino. Köln: König, 2011, p. 230

 

“Central themes – heroism, failure, power, the body, identity, absurdity, ideology – recur throughout, not as definitive conclusions but as open-ended provocations that invite sustained contemplation. In this way, the exhibition operates as both a temporal sequence and a constellation of moments – fragmented yet interconnected – that collectively evoke the complexity, contradictions, and richness of Mikhailov’s visionary practice.”


Laurie Hurwitz curator

 

“The explicit, dramatic and total power of the absolute monarch had given place to what Michel Foucault has called a diffuse and pervasive ‘microphysics of power’, operating unremarked in the smallest duties and gestures of everyday life. The seat of this capillary power was a new ‘technology’: that constellation of institutions – including the hospital, the asylum, the school, the prison, the police force – whose disciplinary methods and techniques of regulated examination produced, trained and positioned a hierarchy of docile social subjects in the form required by the capitalist division of labour for the orderly conduct of social and economic life.”


John Tagg. The Burden of Representation. Essays on Photographies and Histories. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1993

 

From the beginning, we conceived two video works as conceptual bookends. At the entrance, Yesterday’s Sandwich – a seminal project from the late 1960s – presents a hallucinatory sequence of double exposures set to music by Pink Floyd. These psychedelic, surreal images, rejecting Soviet visual orthodoxy, open up a new, rebellious visual language. At the exit, Temptation of Death (2019) offers a quieter, meditative counterpoint. Combining images from a crematorium in Ukraine with intimate portraits and cityscapes, it evokes the myth of Charon, ferryman of the dead, and a journey through time, loss, and transformation. Together, these two works, created nearly fifty years apart, frame the exhibition with a meditation on mortality, reinvention, and the fragile persistence of life.


Lucile Brizard. “”Where are we now?”: An Exclusive Interview with Photographer Boris Mikhailov on Ukraine’s Past and Present,” on the United 24 Media website, October 29, 2015 [Online] Cited 27/01/2026

 

 

Luriki, 1971-1985

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Luriki' (Coloured Soviet Portrait) 1971-1985

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Luriki (Coloured Soviet Portrait)
1971-1985
Hand-coloured gelatin silver print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Luriki' (Coloured Soviet Portrait) 1971-1985

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Luriki (Coloured Soviet Portrait)
1971-1985
Hand-coloured gelatin silver print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Sots Art, 1975-1986

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Sots Art' 1982-1983

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Sots Art
1982-1983
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

National Hero, 1992

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'National Hero' 1991

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series National Hero
1991
Chromogenic print
120 x 81cm
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary' at The Photographers' Gallery, London showing at left, photographs from his series 'Salt Lake' (1986); at at right in the background, photographs from his series 'I am not I' (1992)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary at The Photographers’ Gallery, London showing at left, photographs from his series Salt Lake (1986, below); at at right in the background, photographs from his series I am not I (1992, below)

 

Salt Lake, 1986

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Salt Lake' 1986

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Salt Lake
1986
Chromogenic print toned sepia
75.5 x 104.5cm
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

I Am Not I, 1992

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'I am not I' 1992

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series I am not I
1992
Sepia silver print
30 x 20cm
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

 

A major retrospective of work by influential Ukrainian artist Boris Mikhailov (b. 1938, Kharkiv, Ukraine).

Ukrainian Diary is the first major UK retrospective of work by Boris Mikhailov, one of the most influential contemporary artists from Eastern Europe. Mikhailov has explored social and political subjects for more than fifty years through his experimental photographic work. 

Described as an outsider, a trickster and ‘a kind of proto-punk’, Mikhailov combines humour, mischief and tragedy in his pioneering practice, ranging from documentary photography and conceptual work, to painting and performance. Since the 1960s, he has been creating a powerful record of the tumultuous changes in Ukraine that accompanied the collapse of the Soviet Union. 

Ukrainian Diary brings together work from over twenty of his most important series, up to his more recent projects. Viewed today, against the backdrop of current events and ongoing war in Ukraine, Mikhailov’s work is all the more poignant and enlightening.

Text from The Photographers’ Gallery website

 

Red, 1965-1978

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Red' 1968-1975

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Red
1968-1975
Digital chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

 

“The word ‘red’ in Russian contains the root of the word for beauty. It also means the Revolution and evokes blood and the red flag. Everyone associates red with Communism. Maybe that’s enough. But few people know that red suffused all our lives, at all levels.”


Boris Mikhailov

 

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Red' 1968-1975

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Red
1968-1975
Digital chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Red' 1968-1975

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Red
1968-1975
Digital chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Yesterday’s Sandwich, 1960s-1970s

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1960s-1970s

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1960s-1970s
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1960s-1970s

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1966-1968
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1960s-1970s

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1966-1968
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1966-1968

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1966-1968
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1966-1968

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1960s-1970s
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Yesterday's Sandwich' 1960s-1970s

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Yesterday’s Sandwich
1966-1968
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

 

Ukrainian Diary is the first major UK retrospective of work by Boris Mikhailov (b. 1938, Kharkiv). One of the most influential contemporary artists from Eastern Europe, Mikhailov has explored social and political subjects for more than fifty years through his experimental photographic work.

Described as an outsider, a trickster and ‘a kind of proto-punk’, Mikhailov combines humour, mischief and tragedy in his pioneering work, ranging from documentary photography and conceptual work, to painting and performance. Since the 1960s, he has been creating a powerful record of life in the Ukraine and the tumultuous changes that accompanied the collapse of the Soviet Union.

From early underground works and images of everyday life in Kharkiv, to his self-depreciating self-portraits which mock traditional Soviet masculine stereotypes, Mikhailov creates an ambiguous, fragmented view of a world in constant flux. His photographs contradict the onesideness of Soviet ideology, especially during the time when photography was heavily controlled and censored in the Soviet Union.

Ukrainian Diary brings together work from over twenty of Mikhailov’s most important series, including Yesterday’s Sandwich, I am not I, Salt Lake, Red, Sots Art, Luriki, Case History and Theatre of War.

Self-taught and ‘somewhat careless’ (in his words), Yesterday’s Sandwich (1960s-1970s), one of his most important series, began as an accident when a handful of slides stuck together. He was fascinated by the result and continued to randomly layer slides, creating new combinations which ‘reflected the dualism and contradictions of Soviet Society’.

Mikhailov created ‘bad photography’ as a way to undermine official Soviet aesthetics, as introduced in the series Black Archive (1968-1979). Badly printed, damaged or poor-quality productions were an artistic device that Mikhailov described as ‘lousy photography for a lousy reality’.

The series Red (1965-1978) bridges documentary photography and conceptual art – over 70 images taken in the late 1960s and 1970s highlighting the colour red in everyday objects and scenes. His documenting of red reveals the extent to which communist ideology saturated daily life.

Together his uncompromising, subversive work is a powerful photographic narrative on Ukraine’s contemporary history.

The exhibition is organised in collaboration with the MEP – Maison Européenne de la Photographie, Paris.

About Boris Mikhailov

Born in Kharkiv, Ukraine in 1938, Boris Mikhailov is a self-taught photographer. Having trained as an engineer, he was first introduced to photography when he was given a camera to document the state-owned factory where he worked. With access to a camera, he took advantage of this opportunity to take nude photographs of his first wife – an act forbidden under Soviet norms – which he developed and printed in the factory’s laboratory. He was fired when the photographs were found by KGB agents. From then he pursued photography full time, using it as a subversive tool and operating as part of the underground art scene. His work first gained international exposure in the 1990s with the series Case History, a shockingly direct portrayal of the realities of post-Soviet life in the Ukraine.

Press release from The Photographers’ Gallery

 

Series of Four, early 1980s

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938) From the series 'Series of four' 1982-1983

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Series of four
1982-1983
Silver gelatin print, unique copy
From a 20-part series
Each 18 x 23.80cm
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

At Dusk, 1993

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'At Dusk' 1993

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series At Dusk
1993
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'At Dusk' 1993

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series At Dusk
1993
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Recalcitrant Diarist of the Everyday

Curator and researcher, Kateryna Filyuk, explores the intimate diaristic qualities of Boris Mikhailov’s subversive body of work.

Even before seeing Ukrainian Diary at The Photographers’ Gallery, I found myself thinking about its title. The idea of a diary fits naturally with Mikhailov’s work: instead of creating a grand, official narrative inherent to Soviet photography, he developed an intimate and fragmented way of seeing. The term Ukrainian, however, is less straightforward. Some of his more recent bodies of work that directly address Ukrainian events: Parliament  (2015-17); and Temptation of Death  (2014-19), which adopts the Kyiv Crematorium as its binding motif, are not included in the exhibition.

Mikhailov began challenging Soviet photographic norms as early as the mid-1960s, working with a circle of like-minded friends. At the time, photographing “for no reason” could be equated with spying; showing Soviet life as anything less than ideal was seen as an attack on communist values; and photographing the naked body could result in prison. Mikhailov did all of this and more. He turned his camera toward mundane subjects, mixed genres freely and questioned photography’s claim to present an ultimate truth. By subverting idealised Soviet imagery, he proposed a raw, ironic, and unremarkable version of reality, always seeking to capture the spirit of his times through the everyday. Or, better yet, to condense that spirit for others, not through words but through a visual semantics of his own making.  

Art historian Nadiia Bernard-Kovalchuk reflects on whether Ukrainian is an appropriate label for the Kharkiv School of Photography, of which Mikhailov is a founding figure. She writes that ”the school’s activities stretch between two heterogeneous historical realities: on the one hand, Brezhnev’s ‘stagnation’ and the perestroika fatal to the USSR, and on the other, the economically brutal birth of the Ukrainian state.” [2] This dramatic time span, during which Ukrainians experienced long-awaited yet destabilising transformation, offers a more fitting temporality for understanding Mikhailov’s work in Ukrainian Diary. Geographically, most of his projects take place in what was first Soviet Ukraine and later became independent Ukraine. Temporally, however, they exist within a landscape marked by ruptures, discontinuities, and perpetual new beginnings.

In the preface to one of his most audacious works, Case History  (1997-98), Mikhailov reflects on the lack of a photographic record documenting complex historical shifts in Ukraine: ”I was aware that I was not allowed to let it happen once again that some periods of life would be erased.” [3] After returning to Kharkiv from a year in Berlin, he was struck by the stark divide between the newly rich and the newly poor, a process already in full swing. Yet his aim in photographing the homeless did not follow the classic documentary model, such as the USA Farm Security Administration’s work, which sought to highlight a social problem and prompt state intervention. Instead, by showing the everyday lives of those most affected by the collapse, Mikhailov “directly assaults the onlookers’ sensitivity” [4] and “transgresses the acceptable limits of representation,” [5] His goal was not to provoke pity or shock though.

Rather, Mikhailov asserts something more fundamental: the individual’s right to exist and express themselves beyond convention. Through his unwavering attention to ordinary lives, he bears witness to massive transformations unfolding beyond any single person’s control. Ukrainian Diary, then, is not simply a national label or a chronological record. It is a testament to how one artist has persistently documented a world defined by instability, reinvention, and the fragile, but enduring presence, of everyday life.

Kateryna Filyuk

Kateryna Filyuk is a curator and researcher, who holds PhD from the University of Palermo. In 2017-2021 she served as a chief curator at Izolyatsia., a Platform for cultural initiatives in Kyiv. Before joining Izolyatsia, she was co-curator of the Festival of Young Ukrainian Artists at Mystetskyi Arsenal, Kyiv (2017). The co-founder of the publishing house 89books in Palermo, she has participated in curatorial programmes at Fondazione Sandretto Re Rebaudengo (Turin, 2017), De Appel (Amsterdam, 2015-16), the National Museum of Modern and Contemporary Art (Seoul, 2014) and the Gwangju Biennale (2012). In 2023 Filyuk was a visiting PhD student at the Central European University (Vienna) and in 2024 a visiting researcher at FOTOHOF Archiv (Salzburg) and the Predoctoral Fellow at the Bibliotheca Hertziana (Rome). Currently she develops a two-year scholarly initiative – the Methodology Seminars for Art History in Ukraine in collaboration with the Bibliotheca Hertziana and the Max Weber Foundation’s Research Centre Ukraine.

Footnotes

1/ Boris Mikhailov, “Everyone has became more circumspect…,” in Tea Coffee Cappuccino (Köln: König, 2011), 230.
2/ Nadiia Bernard-Kovalchuk, The Kharkiv School of Photography: Game Against Apparatus. Kharkiv: Museum of Kharkiv School of Photography, 2020, 17.
3/ Boris Mikhailov, Case History (Zurich: Scalo, 1999), 7.
4/ “Symbolic Bodies, Real Pain: Post-Soviet History, Boris Mikhailov and the Impasse of Documentary Photography,” in The Image and the Witness: Trauma, Memory and Visual Culture (London: Wallflower Press, 2007), 58.
5/ Olena Chervonik, “Urban Opera of Boris Mikhailov,” MOKSOP, accessed November 25, 2025

Text from The Photographers’ Gallery website

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary' at The Photographers' Gallery, London showing photographs from his series 'Case History' (1997-1998)

 

Installation view of the exhibition Boris Mikhailov: Ukrainian Diary at The Photographers’ Gallery, London showing photographs from his series Case History (1997-1998, below)

 

Case History, 1997-1998

Boris Mikhailov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) From the series 'Case History' 1997-1998

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Case History
1997-1998
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938) From the series 'Case History' 1997-1998

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Case History
1997-1998
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Case History' 1997-1998

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series Case History
1997-1998
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

Urban opera of Boris Mikhailov

Olena Chervonik

In the [Case History] book preface, Mikhailov explains that already in 1997 he vividly apprehended the rupture of Ukrainian society into new, burgeoning social strata, when the new rich and the new poor began to acquire features of class identities with their own psychology and behavioural modalities. The new rich were already hard to approach, protecting themselves with bodyguards and other social fences. The new poor, however, specifically the bomzhes (homeless people with no social support) could still allow an outsider in their midst – this was “a chance”, according to Mikhailov, that could only last for a short period of time. Most of the book’s protagonists had only recently lost their homes. Their rapidly deteriorating social position was still uncertain, malleable, and flickering with hope. Yet, the transformation was inevitable, which propelled the artist to act: “For me it was very important that I took their photos when they were still like “normal” people. I made a book about the people who got into trouble but didn’t manage to harden so far.” [2] …

Mikhailov’s visual pairings deliver unambiguous messages, almost violent in their straightforwardness. Multiple juxtapositions of unconsciously drunk men prostrating under passers-by feet to that of stray dogs, dead or alive, explicitly comment on human’s life disintegration to the state of an animal, its reduction to bare bones – and yes, an animal carcass, a metaphoric sign of abject poverty, is also present in this visual narrative in a scene with two men dragging a piece of spinal vertebrae of a large creature, a cow or, perhaps, a horse. Rotten banana peels sit across the page from infected flaccid limbs and genitalia. A posture of a naked woman reclining on a sullied mattress echoes that of a rubber sex doll staring from the next page. A close-up of a bruised woman’s breast with a crude stitches over a wound parallels gaping cracks of a damaged mail box. Thus the physical body of a homeless person starts speaking about the city as an organism, equally abused and dismembered. Wounds inflected upon flesh are surface manifestations of wounds inflected upon the city and the society at large. …

The majority of Mikhailov’s photographs provide no emotional crutches to lean on, no mechanism of ennobling or aestheticising infected abused flesh of the homeless. It is presented “as is”: frontal, looming large with all its detailed naturalistic vividness. If there is a visual code that Mikhailov activates in these images, it comes from a clinical rather than an art discourse, from surveilling patents for medical records. It is a discourse that John Tagg described as a nineteenth century record-keeping practice associated with certain disciplinary institutions such as an asylum or a prison that with the help of photography created a new social body of dependent subjects upon whom power could be exercised due to their newly-minted subaltern position.

Art, following Barthes’ dictum, domesticates and tames photography [21]. It generates the level of “studium”, accepted cultural knowledge that veils the trauma, renders it familiar, therefore trivial, therefore easily dismissed. Mikhailov makes his viewers constantly oscillate between images that give themselves for contemplation and images that confront with their clinical nature that can be scrutinised and observed but certainly not contemplated. Not one or the other type of image, but the switch between the two unsettles the viewing process. Mikhailov orchestrates poses and gestures of his subjects to create this visual roller-coster of plunging in and out of the aesthetic.

2/ Boris Mikhailov, Case History (Zurich: Scalo, 1985)
21/ Matthias Christen, “Symbolic Bodies, Real Pain: Post-Soviet History, Boris Mikhailov and the Impasse of Documentary Photography,” in The Image and the Witness. Trauma, Memory and Visual Culture (London: Wallflower Press, 2007), 52-66

Extract from Olena Chervonik, “Urban Opera of Boris Mikhailov,” on the MOKSOP website, 9th April 2020 [Online] Cited 27/01/2026. Used under fair use conditions for the purposes of education and research

 

Dance, 1978

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938) from the series 'Dance' 1978

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Ukrainian, b. 1938)
From the series Dance
1978
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn
Courtesy Boris and Vita Mikhailov

 

The Theater of War, Second Act, Time Out, 2013

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938) From the series 'The Theater of War, Second Act, Time Out' 2013

 

Boris Mikhaïlov (Russian, b. 1938)
From the series The Theater of War, Second Act, Time Out
2013
Chromogenic print
© Boris Mikhailov, VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn. Collection Akademie der Künste, Berlin

 

 

The Photographers’ Gallery
16-18 Ramillies Street
London
W1F 7LW

Opening hours:
Mon – Wed: 10.00 – 18.00
Thursday – Friday: 10.00 – 20.00
Saturday: 10.00 – 18.00
Sunday: 11.00 – 18.00

The Photographers’ Gallery website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

The best of Art Blart in 2025

December 2025

 

Around the world, 2025 hasn’t been a great year for photography exhibitions. As a friend of mine said on Facebook it has been a dreary year and I would tend to agree with him.

Curatorially, everything was pretty cut and dried, relying on the usual one artist show or group exhibition on a theme with nobody prepared to take a risk on anything creative, inventive even.

I found little to inspire me in terms of idiosyncratic but illuminating pairings of photographers or unusual insights into the conditions and conceptualisation of photographic production and presentation – other than a few of the exhibitions noted below: costume, gesture and expression – yes! the development of colour photography pre the ubiquitous American artists – yes! and the life in self-portraits of a photobooth operator in Melbourne, part magician, part artist – YES!

Out of the 60 postings on Art Blart in 2025 I’ve picked what I think are the 11 best exhibitions, plus a couple of honourable mentions.

I hope you enjoy the selection and a Happy New Year to you all!

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Marcus Bunyan. “Past present,” on the exhibition Still Performing: Costume, Gesture, and Expression in 19th Century European Photography at the Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art, Kansas City, August 2024 – January 2025

 

Victor Plumier (Belgian, 1820-1878) 'Lady in Costume' About 1850

 

Victor Plumier (Belgian, 1820-1878)
Lady in Costume
About 1850
Daguerreotype, half plate
5 1/2 × 4 1/2 inches
The Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art
Gift of the Hall Family Foundation

 

“The emotions and the sentiments, the gestures and the expressions.
The actor and the stage, the photographer and the sitter.
The staged photograph and the tableaux vivant.
The Self and the Other.” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


2/ A Long Arc: Photography and the American South since 1845 at the Virginia Museum of Fine Arts, Richmond, October 2024 – January 2025

 

Andrew Joseph Russell (American, 1829-1902) 'Slave Pen, Alexandria, Virginia' 1863

 

Andrew Joseph Russell (American, 1829-1902)
Slave Pen, Alexandria, Virginia
1863
Albumen silver print
High Museum of Art
Purchased with funds Lucinda Weill Bunnen Fund and the Donald and Marilyn Keogh Family

 

“Photographs are containers of, fragments of, memories of, histories of, events – remembrances of events – brought from past into present, informing the future, showing only snippets of the stories of both past and present lives. Parallel to the usual thought that photographs are about death, they are also memory containers for (still) living people.” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


3/ Marcus Bunyan. “Out in the midday sun,” on the exhibition Martin Parr. Early Works at Fotografie Forum Frankfurt (FFF), September 2024 – February 2025

 

Martin Parr (British, 1952-2025) 'Mayor of Todmorden's inaugural banquet, Todmorden, West Yorkshire, England, 1977' 1977

 

Martin Parr (British, 1952-2025)
Mayor of Todmorden’s inaugural banquet, Todmorden, West Yorkshire, England, 1977
1977
Gelatin silver print
© Martin Parr | Magnum Photos

 

“I am always fascinated with the early work of an artist. In essence, the photographs tell you what are the primary concerns for the artist and these themes usually remain with them for the rest of their career. These early black and white photographs provide a window into that ongoing investigation, that golden path. They are more subtle in their modulation of British life than in the later colour work – it’s as though the artist had to change gears with the use of colour developing a more ironic way of seeing British life through a different spatial relationship to his subjects – but in these photographs there is still that deprecating humour that is often missing in the work of his contemporaries…” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


4/ Saul Leiter – An Unfinished World at Foam, Amsterdam, January – April, 2025

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013) 'Pull' c. 1960

 

Saul Leiter (American, 1923-2013)
Pull
c. 1960
Chromogenic print
© Saul Leiter Foundation

 

“There are the things that are out in the open, and there are the things that are hidden, and life has more to do, the real world has more to do with what is hidden.” ~ Saul Leiter

VIEW THE POSTING


5/ True Colors: Color in Photography from 1849 to 1955 at Albertina Modern, Vienna, January – April, 2025

 

Léon Vidal (French, 1833-1906) 'Oriental Onyx Sardonyx Cup (16th century)' 1876

 

Léon Vidal (French, 1833-1906)
Oriental Onyx Sardonyx Cup (16th century)
1876
Photomechanical proof (photochromy using the Léon Vidal process) mounted on cardboard
H. 20.8 ; L. 26.2 cm.
Don Fondation Kodak-Pathé, 1983

 

“What a wonderful exhibition. It’s so exciting to see the history and development of colour photography pre the ubiquitous, American artists William Eggleston and Stephen Shore, much as I like both artists.” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


6/ The basement: photography from Prahran College (1968-1981) at the Museum of Australian Photography, Wheelers Hill, Melbourne, March – May 2025

 

Julie Millowick (Australian, b. 1948) 'Mother and child from 46 Blanche Street, St Kilda' 1977

 

Julie Millowick (Australian, b. 1948)
Mother and child from 46 Blanche Street, St Kilda
1977
Gelatin silver print
15.9 x 23.7cm
Museum of Australian Photography, City of Monash Collection donated by Julie Millowick 2024

 

“Prahran College itself played a critical role in the legitimisation of photography as an art form within Australia. It spearheaded the integration of art photography into tertiary education curricula, fostering an environment where young artists … could experiment formally and conceptually.”

James McArdle. “Epoch,” on the On This Date in Photography website, 25th April, 2025 [Online] Cited 28/04/2025

VIEW THE POSTING


7/ Peter Mitchell: Nothing Lasts Forever at The Photographers’ Gallery, London, March – June 2025

 

Peter Mitchell (British, b. 1943) 'Opticians, London, 1975' 1975

 

Peter Mitchell (British, b. 1943)
Opticians, London, 1975
1975
C-print
© Peter Mitchell

 

“The wit, the humour (pigeons sitting outside the racing pigeon shop), the stiff upper lip, the carry on regardless, the working class pantomime of life and death – the public commission flats where people formed caring communities that were destroyed through redevelopment – the integrity of an existence that has largely come and gone pictured with warmth and empathy.” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


8/ Auto-Photo: A Life in Portraits at RMIT Gallery, Melbourne, June – August 2025

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Auto-Photo: A Life in Portraits' at RMIT Gallery, Melbourne, June - August, 2025

 

Installation view of the exhibition Auto-Photo: A Life in Portraits at RMIT Gallery, Melbourne, June – August, 2025
Photo: Marcus Bunyan

 

“Through the strip self-portraits Adler took while servicing and then testing the photobooths that he operated in Melbourne, Australia we become immersed in an archive of his world, the exhibition becoming a joyous ode to a man who devoted his life to photography (not in the traditional sense): in turns humorous and historical, a travelogue, his travelogue, through time and space.’ ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


9/ Street Photography. Lee Friedlander, Joseph Rodríguez, Garry Winogrand at Museum Ludwig, Cologne, Germany, May – October 2025

 

Joseph Rodriguez (American, b. 1952) '220 West Houston Street, NY' 1984

 

Joseph Rodríguez (American, b. 1952)
220 West Houston Street, New York
1984
Gelatin silver paper, print after 1988
25.3 x 37.2cm
© Joseph Rodríguez, Courtesy Galerie Bene Taschen
Repro: Historisches Archiv mit Rheinischem Bildarchiv

 

“Rodríguez’s moody, high contrast photographs of humanity and street scenes pictured from behind the wheel of his taxi in New York proffer an intuitive, empathetic and subjective view of the city and its people at a time of great economic and social upheaval…

Uncertain times, uncertain angles and perspectives, uncertain light give rise to a powerful body of work made certain by the talent of an impressive photographer. Glorious work.” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


10/ Marcus Bunyan. “Myths of the American West,” on the exhibition Richard Avedon ‘In the American West’ 1979-1984 at the Fondation Henri Cartier-Bresson, Paris, April – October 2025

  

Richard Avedon (American, 1923-2004) 'Sandra Bennett, twelve year old, Rocky Ford, Colorado, August 23, 1980' 1980

 

Richard Avedon (American, 1923-2004)
Sandra Bennett, twelve year old, Rocky Ford, Colorado, August 23, 1980
1980
Gelatin silver print
© The Richard Avedon Foundation

 

“Avedon, while undercutting the myth of the American West through his storytelling, doesn’t seek to document, exploit or misrepresent his subjects, but to subjectively present them as on a theatrical set devoid of scenery – where their very appearance becomes scene / seen. As he himself said, “My concern is… the human predicament; only what I consider the human predicament may simply be my own.”” ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


11/ Bernd & Hilla Becher – History of a Method at Die Photographische Sammlung/SK Stiftung Kultur, Cologne, September 2025 – February 2026

 

Bernd and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007/1934-2015) 'Wassertürme, USA' (Water towers, USA) 1974-1983

 

Bernd and Hilla Becher (German, 1931-2007/1934-2015)
Wassertürme, USA (Water towers, USA)
1974-1983
Gelatin silver prints
© Estate Bernd & Hilla Becher, vertreten durch Max Becher
Courtesy Die Photographische Sammlung/SK Stiftung Kultur – Bernd und Hilla Becher Archiv, Köln, 2025

 

“The Bechers’ typologies and grids, their topographic state, their same same photographs and perspectives of industrial sculptures and landscapes are anything but objective. Their pictorial grammar, underlaid by a conceptual approach to subject matter, continuously reflected in the systematics of capture and display (the juxtaposition of works together), is constantly undermined by the ghost in the machine – those viral codes of mutation and difference which cannot be controlled.” ~ MB

 VIEW THE POSTING

 

Honourable mentions


Typologien: Photography in 20th-century Germany at Fondazione Prada, Milan, April – July, 2025

 

Heinrich Riebesehl (German, 1938-2010) 'Menschen Im Fahrstuhl, 20.11.1969' [People in the Elevator, 20.11.1969] 1969

 

Heinrich Riebesehl (German, 1938-2010)
Menschen Im Fahrstuhl, 20.11.1969 [People in the Elevator, 20.11.1969]
1969
Gelatin silver print, printed 2007
Kicken Berlin
© Heinrich Riebesehl, by SIAE 2025

 

Objective / subjective
Pattern / randomness
Isolation / extinction
Morphology / mutation
Specific / anonymous
Repetition / difference
Same / other
Structure / creativity
Orientation / disorientation
Universal / individual
Reality / imagination
Documentation / disruption
Omnipresent / unique
Exact / imprecise
Composed / emotional
Staged / snapshot
Concept / feeling
Formal / intuitive
Ritual / subversion
Collaboration / resistance

Et cetera, et cetera…

Inherent in one is the other.

Every photo within a Becher grid contains its own difference. ~ MB

VIEW THE POSTING


Carrie Mae Weems: The Heart of the Matter at Gallerie d’Italia, Turin, April – September, 2025

 

Carrie Mae Weems (American, b. 1953) 'Welcome Home' 1978-1984 From the series 'Family Pictures and Stories'

 

Carrie Mae Weems (American, b. 1953)
Welcome Home
1978-1984
From the series Family Pictures and Stories 1978-1984
© Carrie Mae Weems and reproduced courtesy of the artist and Gladstone Gallery, New York, Fraenkel Gallery, San Francisco, and Galerie Barbara Thumm, Berlin

 

“Weems blends the poetic and conceptual in photographs and bodies of work which investigate history, identity, racism, executive and patriarchal power from the perspectives of female / Black American.

What a fabulous artist, a guide into circumstances seldom seen, now revealed.” ~ MB

 VIEW THE POSTING

 

 

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985’ at the National Gallery of Art, Washington

Exhibition dates: 21st September, 2025 – 11th January, 2026

Curators: The exhibition is co-curated by Philip Brookman, consulting curator of the department of photographs at the National Gallery of Art, and Deborah Willis, university professor and chair of the department of photography and imaging at the Tisch School of the Arts and director of the Center for Black Visual Culture at New York University.

 

Thomas Ellis (American, 1963-2025) 'The Game' 1947 from the exhibition Exhibition: 'Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, Sept 2025 - Jan 2026

 

Thomas Ellis (American, 1963-2025)
The Game
1947
Gelatin silver print
21 x 31.8cm (8 1/4 x 12 1/2 in.)
Courtesy of the Darrel Ellis Estate, Hannah Hoffman, Los Angeles, and Candice Madey, New York
Photo: Adam Reich

 

Thomas Sayers Ellis (October 5, 1963 – July 17, 2025) was an American poet, photographer, musician, bandleader and teacher.

 

 

“There’s nothing like a photograph for reminding you about difference. There it is. It stares you ineradicably in the face”

~ Professor Stuart Hall, 2008

 

This looks to be a “worthy” exhibition on photography and the Black Arts movement but without having seen it in person there is little specific comment I can make about the exhibition. However, some thoughts on the photographs in this posting are possible.

It is a joy for me to be able to learn more about an important area in photographic history, vis a vis “the role of African American photographers and artists working with photographs in developing and fostering a distinctly Black perspective on art and culture.” (Text from the NGA website)

There are many photographers in the posting who I have never heard of before, whose work I have never seen, and I always like learning, for in learning you may gain some small amount of wisdom and appreciation of different cultures and points of view. I have added biographical information for each artist to their images where possible.

The photographs from the period 1955-1985 mark a shift away from an aesthetic and formalist way of looking at the image where the role of the photographer and the reception of the print was in its primacy (the 1950s-1960s) “towards a more polemical, critical and cultural analysis by Tagg, Sekul, Solomon-Godeau and others in the 1980s and 90s. These shifts from the pictorial to the political … decentre the photographer and bring into focus the photographed and viewing subjects…”1

In these photographs it is not so much the primacy of the artist, the aesthetics of the image, nor the photographs status as art objects, but the people within the images that are the focus of attention. They bring to the forefront of the viewer’s consciousness (or should do) the racial politics at work within photography in the context of discussions around race and representation and the ongoing legacies of Western imperialism.

The photographs demonstrate “that if we do not recognise the historical and political conjunctures of racial politics at work within photography, and their effects on those that have been culturally erased, made invisible or less than human by such images, then we remain hemmed within established orthodoxies of colonial thought concerning the racialised body, the subaltern and the politics of human recognition.”2

They bring to light (aha!) “new ways of seeing that bring the Other into focus”, photographs that challenge us to acknowledge the structural racism that is embedded in daily life which produces adverse outcome for people of color. Through such an acknowledgement we may open up a personally and culturally transformative dialogic space, “a “space of possibilities” where participants listen, engage with, and even transcend their own viewpoints to see issues from multiple angles” – as there can never be a single view point when we “examine” social groups that are subaltern (groups that have been marginalised or oppressed).

From a distance this seems to be one of the problems of the exhibition. It’s all so worthy and righteous, full of the injustice of it all, and perhaps that’s as it should be for those were the times and the culture from which these photographs emerged. But I can’t help but get the feeling that this exhibition seems to feel and read more like a study in cultural anthropology, more a sociological statement than any celebration of Black history and culture from the period. Speaking from the standpoint of a white, middle class artist and writer, there seems to be little joy to be had here – to me one of the essential elements of Black culture, the joy of gospel, jazz, laughter, love – but I’m supposedly on the inside looking out (or is it the outside looking in!). Who am I to say.

What is undeniable is that, as Professor Stuart Hall so succinctly observes, there is nothing like a photograph to remind you of difference, to challenge your perceptions on how you view and interact with the world around you, to open up new ways of seeing. As such, the photographs in this exhibition may allow us deeper insight into the “conditions of our own becoming” (while human beings have agency, the circumstances under which they act and develop their humanity are largely shaped by existing material, social, and historical conditions that they did not choose) of the people that live around us, even as we acknowledge that there is no singular point of view, that cultural forms have no single determinate meaning, and that no one, and “no discipline, whether art- or photo-history, or ethnography or geography, speaks with a single voice.”1

Not one way of seeing, but multiple ways of seeing our fellow human beings.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Catherine De Lorenzo. “Oceanian imaginings in French photographic archives,” in History of Photography, Issue 2, Volume 28, 2004, pp. 137-184

2/ Text from the description of the book by Mark Sealy. Decolonising the Camera: Photography in Racial Time. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 2019.

The book examines how Western photographic practice has been used as a tool for creating Eurocentric and violent visual regimes, and demands that we recognise and disrupt the ingrained racist ideologies that have tainted photography since its inception in 1839.


Many thankx to the National Gallery of Art, Washington for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image.

 

 

“The work that was done by artists and photographers before, during, and after the Black Arts Movement establishes a strategy of community engagement. It is that engagement that allows communities to define themselves and also to engage people in new forms of looking.”


Co-curator Philip Brookman

 

Cultural forms set the wider terms of limitation and possibility for the (re)presentation of particularities and we have to understand how the latter are caught in the former in order to understand why such-and-such gets (re)presented in the way it does. Without understanding the way images function in terms of, say, narrative, genre or spectacle, we don’t really understand why they turn out the way they do.

Secondly, cultural forms do not have single determinate meanings – people make sense of them in different ways, according to the cultural (including sub-cultural) codes available to them. For instance, people do not necessarily read negative images of themselves as negative …


Richard Dyer. The Matter of Images: Essays on Representations. London: Routledge, 1993, pp.2-3

 

 

Adger Cowans (American, b. 1936) 'Coltrane at the Gate' 1961 from the exhibition Exhibition: 'Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, Sept 2025 - Jan 2026

 

Adger Cowans (American, b. 1936)
Coltrane at the Gate
1961
Gelatin silver print
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Charina Endowment Fund

 

Adger Cowans (American, b. 1936)

Adger Cowans is a pioneering photographer and one of the founding members of the Kamoinge Workshop, a collective that played a key role in shaping Black photography in the 1960s and beyond.

In 1958 Cowans worked as an assistant to renowned photographer Gordon Parks. Throughout the 1960s Cowans became involved with influential groups associated with the Black Arts Movement, including Group 35 and Afri-COBRA, which he joined in 1968. 

His photographic work spans a wide range of approaches and subjects, from street photography in Harlem to documenting major historical events like the rallies and the funeral of Malcolm X. He also captured iconic jazz musicians, including John Coltrane and Pharoah Sanders.

Text from the National Gallery of Art website

 

Frank Dandridge (American, b. 1938) 'Blinded Birmingham Church Bombing survivor, Sarah Jean Collins, Birmingham, AL, 1963 "Clutching robe in hospital bed, Sarah Jean Collins was near bomb when it exploded in church. Her sister was killed. It will be weeks before she knows whether she can see again."' September 27, 1963

 

Frank Dandridge (American, b. 1938)
Blinded Birmingham Church Bombing survivor, Sarah Jean Collins, Birmingham, AL, 1963
“Clutching robe in hospital bed, Sarah Jean Collins was near bomb when it exploded in church. Her sister was killed. It will be weeks before she knows whether she can see again.”

September 27, 1963
Gelatin silver print
Overall: 35 x 50 cm (13 3/4 x 19 11/16 in.)
Collection of the Smithsonian National Museum of African American History and Culture
© Frank Dandridge
Photo: Frank Dandridge / The LIFE Picture Collection / Shutterstock

 

Frank Dandridge is a freelance photojournalist who worked mainly for Life Magazine in the 60’s. He covered numerous assignments, including, The Harlem Riots in 1964, Dr. King’s March on Washington, in 1963, and the terrible Birmingham Bombing in 1963. His photos also appeared in Look, Saturday Evening Post, Pageant, Paris Match, Good Housekeeping, Quick Magazine, the Canadian Film Board, Playboy, and many other national magazines. He won an Art Director’s Award for his photo essay, “The Two Faces of Harlem”, that appeared in Look magazine. His work included photographing many celebrities, including, Bobby Kennedy, Muhammad Ali, President Johnson, Dr. Martin Luther King, Frank Sinatra, The Supremes, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Jimmy Hoffa.

Text from the IMBd website

 

The photos that Frank Dandridge shot for LIFE magazine paint a vivid portrait of violence and race in 1960s America. He reported on riots in Harlem, in Watts, and in Newark,. He was in Selma, Alabama when Martin Luther King marched in the days immediately after Bloody Sunday. Dandridge’s most famous photo is of Sarah Collins, a 12-year-old girl whose eyes were in bandages after the bombing of a Sunday school class at the16th Street Baptist Church in Birmingham, Alabama. That bombing killed four girls, including Collins’ sister, while wounding many others and leaving Collins blind in one eye. The image of Collins in her hospital bed made vivid for America the cruelty of this horrific bombing by four men who were members of a splinter group of the Klu Klux Klan.

Bill Syken. “Race in the 1960s: The Photography of Frank Dandridge,” on the LIFE website Nd [Online] Cited 26/11/2025

 

Frank Dandridge (American, b. 1938) 'Martin Luther King and other civil rights leaders watched President Lyndon B. Johnson speak on television' 1965

 

Frank Dandridge (American, b. 1938)
Martin Luther King and other civil rights leaders watched President Lyndon B. Johnson speak on television
1965
Gelatin silver print
© Frank Dandridge
Photo: Frank Dandridge / The LIFE Picture Collection / Shutterstock

Used under fair use for the purposes of education and research

 

Racism

Racism, when it is embedded in the structures, policies and practices of our social and political institutions can be termed “institutional”. Institutional racism, which will be described by the authors more fully below, is reflected in professional practice and working methods that result in racialized disparities. Frantz Fanon, psychiatrist and political philosopher, stands out as one of the earliest academics to explore the nature of racism from a psychosocial perspective. Fanon (1967) talked of “vulgar racism in its biological form”, which was evident for several hundreds of years, being replaced in the mid-20th century by “more subtle forms” (p. 35). In a study of Fanon’s clinical psychology and social theories, McCulloch (1983) refers to this new racism as “cultural racism” – describing this as “a more sophisticated form [of racism] in which the object is no longer the physiology of the individual but the cultural style of a people” (p. 120). Cultural racism believes that the dominant group’s culture is superior to the seemingly “lower” minority groups.

Cultural racism champions the supremacy of cultures. Commonly, some version of European culture or, more specifically, white European culture, rather than the white “race” (Amin, 1989), thereby producing a situation of racism without “races” (Balibar, 1991). It was the American civil leaders Stokely Carmichael (later Kwame Ture) and Charles V. Hamilton in their 1967 book, Black Power: The Politics of Liberation (Carmichael & Hamilton, 1967), who first described institutional racism:

It takes two, closely related forms … we call these individual racism and institutional racism. The first consists of overt acts by individuals … the second type is less overt, far more subtle, less identifiable in terms of specific individuals committing acts … and thus receives far less public condemnation than the first type. (p. 2)

Institutional racism forms an array of broader structural racism processes “that exclude … substantial numbers of members of particular groups from significant participation in major social institutions” (Henry & Tator, 2005, p. 352). According to minority mental health models like the racism-induced reactive negative emotionality cycle (Lazaridou & Heinz, 2021), structural racism and institutional racism result in experiences of rejection and emotional alienation in public spaces for Black people and People of Color (Lentin, 2015).

Structural racism in employment, earnings and credit may mutually limit equal access to quality, affordable accommodation. However, when public spaces are sites of surveillance, intimidation and frequent hostility by the police or by ordinary citizens, then the structure of social situations, such as even leaving one’s house and speaking in public, are filled with stress, anxiety, and fear (Chou et al., 2012; Sibrava et al., 2013). There is pervasive evidence that structural racism has destructive impacts on the health and wellbeing of patients from minority groups, including migrants, refugees, and asylum seekers (Alvarez et al., 2016; Bailey et al., 2017; Graham et al., 2016; Noh & Kaspar, 2003).

Felicia Lazaridou and Suman Fernando. “Deconstructing institutional racism and the social construction of whiteness: A strategy for professional competence training in culture and migration mental health,” in Transcult Psychiatry, 2022 Apr 4; 59(2), pp. 175-187.

 

Installation view of the exhibition 'Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985' at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, September 2025 - January 2026

 

Installation view of the exhibition Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985 at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, September 2025 – January 2026

 

James Barnor (Ghanian, b. 1929) 'Drum Cover Girl Erlin Ibreck, London' 1966, printed 2010

 

James Barnor (Ghanaian, b. 1929)
Drum cover girl Erlin Ibreck, Kilburn, London
1966, printed 2023
Chromogenic print
29 × 29cm (11 7/16 × 11 7/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© James Barnor / Courtesy Galerie Clementine de la Feronnière

 

In the tradition of Black African photographers such as Malick Sidibé, Seydou Keïta and Sanlé Sory, Barnor’s photographs present people of all ages and all walks of life – whether in Accra, Ghana or in the suburbs of London, England – through direct and honest studio portraits or in more candid documents of the communities that surrounded him. …

Barnor’s photographs plant the seed of equality and happiness as a way of transmitting this knowledge to others. “He is a living archive, a link between the birth of photography in West Africa and the development of the discipline for the modern era.”2 It is his passion and feeling for the practice of photography, the stories that it tells and his engagement with the spirit of the people that he encounters – as a conversation between equals – that intuitively ground his work in the history of photography and the history of Black culture and makes them forever young.

Marcus Bunyan. “It’s late, but it’s better late than never,” on the Art Blart website October 17, 2021 [Online] Cited 26/11/2025

 

Ralph Arnold (American, 1928-2006) 'Above this Earth, Games, Games' 1968

 

Ralph Arnold (American, 1928-2006)
Above this Earth, Games, Games
1968
Collage and acrylic on canvas
Overall: 114.3 x 114.3 cm (45 x 45 in.)
Collection of Museum of Contemporary Photography at Columbia College, Chicago
Photo: P.D. Young / Spektra Imaging

 

During the tumultuous 1960s and 70s, the prolific artist Ralph Arnold (1928-2006) made photocollages that appropriated and commented upon mass media portrayals of gender, sexuality, race and politics. Arnold’s complex visual arrangements of photography, painting and text were built upon his own multilayered identity as a black, gay veteran and prominent member of Chicago’s art community…

Text from the Museum of Contemporary Photography in Chicago

 

Ralph Arnold (American, 1928-2006) 'Soul Box' 1969

 

Ralph Arnold (American, 1928-2006)
Soul Box
1969
Assemblage with found objects and collage on Masonite
Framed: 71.1 x 56.8 x 14.9cm (28 x 22 3/8 x 5 7/8 in.)
Private collection of Courtney A. Moore
Photo: Courtesy of the Museum of Contemporary Photography at Columbia College Chicago

 

 

The first exhibition to consider photography’s impact on a cultural and aesthetic movement that celebrated Black history, identity, and beauty.

Uniting around civil rights and freedom movements of the 1960s and 1970s, many visual artists, poets, playwrights, musicians, photographers, and filmmakers expressed hope and dignity through their art. These creative efforts became known as the Black Arts Movement.

Photography was central to the movement, attracting all kinds of artists – from street photographers and photojournalists to painters and graphic designers. This expansive exhibition presents 150 examples tracing the Black Arts Movement from its roots to its lingering impacts, from 1955 to 1985. Explore the bold vision shaped by generations of artists including Billy Abernathy, Romare Bearden, Kwame Brathwaite, Roy DeCarava, Doris Derby, Emory Douglas, Barkley Hendricks, Barbara McCullough, Betye Saar, and Ming Smith.

Text from the NGA website

 

Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985 investigates the role of African American photographers and artists working with photographs in developing and fostering a distinctly Black perspective on art and culture. The Black Arts Movement was a uniquely American creative initiative, closely linked to the civil rights movement and comparable to the Harlem Renaissance of the 1920s in its impact. Through new institutions and publications, Black writers, musicians, filmmakers, and visual artists explored ways their art could further the American civil rights movement and communicate messages of Black history and identity. Photography and the Black Arts Movement reveals how studio and street photographers, photojournalists, painters, conceptual artists, graphic designers, and community activists used photography to cut across traditional racial boundaries, express messages of empowerment, and advance social justice.

Bringing together some 150 works by more than 100 artists, Photography and the Black Arts Movement also includes objects from Africa, the Caribbean region, and Great Britain, representing artistic dialogues created through travel, migrations, and international engagement with the social, political, and cultural ideas that propelled the movement. Among the artists included are Billy Abernathy, Anthony Barboza, Romare Bearden, Dawoud Bey, Frank Bowling, Kwame Brathwaite, Ernest Cole, Adger Cowans, Roy DeCarava, Emory Douglas, Louis Draper, David C. Driskell, Samuel Fosso, Charles Gaines, Barkley Hendricks, Danny Lyon, Barbara McCullough, Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe, Gordon Parks, Adrian Piper, Juan Sánchez, Coreen Simpson, Betye Saar, Jamel Shabazz, Lorna Simpson, Ming Smith, Frank Stewart, and Carrie Mae Weems.

The exhibition is organised by the National Gallery of Art, Washington.

Text from the NGA website

 

Cecil J. Williams (American, b. 1937) 'During the summer of 1960, the elders of Orangeburg took to the streets as part of ongoing demonstrations and boycotts in support of civil rights. They are standing outside a segregated supermarket where they were allowed to shop but not sit down for lunch' 1960, printed 2024

 

Cecil J. Williams (American, b. 1937)
During the summer of 1960, the elders of Orangeburg took to the streets as part of ongoing demonstrations and boycotts in support of civil rights. They are standing outside a segregated supermarket where they were allowed to shop but not sit down for lunch
1960, printed 2024
Inkjet print
37.3 x 55.9cm (14 11/16 x 22 in.)

 

Cecil J. Williams (American, b. 1937)

Cecil J. Williams (born November 26, 1937) is an American photographer, publisher, author and inventor who is best known for his photographs documenting the civil rights movement in South Carolina.

He began his career at an early age, photographing wedding and family parties. He studied art at Claflin University, while also being a photographer for the university. …

At the age of 14, Williams was one of 25 photographers around the world freelancing for JET magazine. JET caught wind of the movement growing in Orangeburg. They needed an onsite correspondent for constant updates, and someone to document the events. The only time Williams’ work appeared on the cover of JET was his picture of Coretta Scott King speaking at the protest during the 1969 Charleston hospital workers’ strike.

Williams has photographed significant desegregation efforts in South Carolina since the 1950s. Some of his most notable pictures are of the activity during the Briggs v. Elliott case in Summerton. It was the first of five desegregation cases pushing to integrate public schools in the United States. The five cases combined into Brown v. Board of Education, the 1954 U.S. Supreme Court case that declared that having “separate but equal” public schools for whites and blacks was unconstitutional.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Cecil J. Williams (American, b. 1937) 'Clara White Mission, Jacksonville, Florida' 1960s, printed 2024

 

Cecil J. Williams (American, b. 1937)
Clara White Mission, Jacksonville, Florida
1960s, printed 2024
Inkjet print
45.7 x 45.7cm (18 x 18 in.)

 

Bob Fletcher (American, b. 1938) 'Placards of Goodman, Chaney, and Schwerner at a Demonstration on the boardwalk during the Democratic National Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey' 1964

 

Bob Fletcher (American, b. 1938)
Placards of Goodman, Chaney, and Schwerner at a Demonstration on the boardwalk during the Democratic National Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey
1964
Gelatin silver print
33.97 × 22.86cm (13 3/8 × 9 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Anonymous gift

 

Bob Fletcher (American, b. 1938)

Robert E. “Bob” Fletcher is a photographer, filmmaker, writer, and educator. Born in 1938 in Detroit, Michigan, Fletcher majored in History and English at Fisk University and Wayne State University. In 1963, Fletcher became active in the civil rights movement, taking photographs for and administering the National Student Association’s Detroit Tutorial Program. After moving to New York City, he worked at the Harlem Education Project and set up a photographic workshop.

In the summer of 1964, Fletcher became a Freedom School teacher in Mississippi and joined the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) staff as a photographer; he documented the Civil Rights Movement throughout the South, between 1964 and 1968. After returning to New York in 1969, Fletcher set up a photography workshop at the Henry Street Settlement, and taught photography at Antioch College and Brooklyn College Film Studio.

Text from the New York Public Library Archives & Manuscripts website

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006) 'Ethel Sharrieff in Chicago' 1963

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006)
Ethel Sharrieff in Chicago
1963
Gelatin silver print
14.6 × 15.9cm (5 3/4 × 6 1/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Corcoran Collection (The Gordon Parks Collection)

 

Robert A. Sengstacke (American, 1943-2017) 'Dr. Martin Luther King' January 1, 1965

 

Robert A. Sengstacke (American, 1943-2017)
Dr. Martin Luther King
January 1, 1965
Gelatin silver print
35.1 × 27.3cm (13 13/16 × 10 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

Robert A. Sengstacke (American, 1943-2017)

Robert A. “Bobby” Sengstacke spent more than a half century photographing Chicago’s cultural and political landscape, most notably for the weekly newspaper the Chicago Defender, for which he also worked as an editor. The Defender was founded by Robert’s great-uncle Robert Sengstacke Abbott in 1905, and Robert’s father, John Sengstacke, ran the paper for nearly 60 years. In the mid-1950s, after attending Florida’s Bethune Cookman College, Bobby Sengstacke returned to Chicago and honed his skills with fellow photographers Billy (Fundi) Abernathy, Le Mont Mac Lemore, and Bob Black. In the years that followed, he became a member of a tight-knit network of South Side photojournalists who created intimate documents of Chicago’s Black community, from Civil Rights rallies led by Martin Luther King Jr. to the city’s lively entertainment scene.

Sengstacke was also a founding member of the Organization of Black American Culture (OBAC), which brought together Black artists, writers, intellectuals, and activists on Chicago’s South Side.

Text from The Art Institute of Chicago website

 

Doris A. Derby (American, 1939-2022) 'Member of Southern Media Photographing a Young Girl, Farish Street, Jackson, Mississippi' 1968

 

Doris A. Derby (American, 1939-2022)
Member of Southern Media Photographing a Young Girl, Farish Street, Jackson, Mississippi
1968
Gelatin silver print
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Gift of David Knaus

 

Doris A. Derby (American, 1939-2022)

The photography of the US civil rights activist and academic Doris Derby … began through documenting the struggles of black people in the segregated south. However, rather than recording the dramatic events and protests of the nine years from her arrival in Mississippi from New York in 1963, Doris chose to capture the everyday human effort required to live through them.

She went into rural communities to witness the work of children in the fields and women living in wooden shacks trying to care for families. “They were looking to find some help, some way to get out of their horrible poverty and despair,” she said. …

Influenced both by the German expressionist artist Käthe Kollwitz, who was concerned with the effects of poverty, hunger and war on the working class, and the photographer Roy DeCarava, who captured the creativity of the Harlem Renaissance, she also took pictures of children in urban settings, of old and young people attending election events, and those working for the movement, among them the author Alice Walker.

Hannah Collins. “Doris Derby obituary,” on The Guardian website Wed 13 Apr 2022 [Online] Cited 26/11/2025

 

Darryl Cowherd (American, b. 1940) 'Stokely Carmichael, Unknown Chicago Church' c. 1968

 

Darryl Cowherd (American, b. 1940)
Stokely Carmichael, Unknown Chicago Church
c. 1968
Gelatin silver print
24.8 × 15.5cm (9 3/4 × 6 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

A key figure in Chicago’s Black Arts Movement, Darryl Cowherd has enjoyed an extensive career ranging from photojournalism to broadcast television. At the age of 20, frustrated with work and school, Cowherd followed the advice of his mentor, Chicago-based photographer Robert Earl Wilson, who encouraged him to travel and photograph abroad. Cowherd had initially studied to become a doctor and then worked for the postal service, but neither role proved a lasting fit. After nearly four years in Europe, during which Cowherd honed his photography skills, he returned to Chicago in 1964 and began taking freelance photography assignments while working at a film processing lab. His return to Chicago coincided with the emergence of the Chicago Freedom Movement (1965-67) and the Black Arts Movement (most active in the years 1965-76). An active participant in both movements, Cowherd frequently photographed the activities surrounding them as they grew and gained momentum.

Cowherd was a founding member of the Organization of Black American Culture (OBAC), a collective that brought together Black artists, writers, intellectuals, and activists on Chicago’s South Side.

Text from The Art Institute of Chicago website

 

Hiram Maristany (American, 1945-2022) 'Juan González, Minister of Information, in the doorway of the first office of the Young Lords' 1969, printed 2021

 

Hiram Maristany (American, 1945-2022)
Juan González, Minister of Information, in the doorway of the first office of the Young Lords
1969, printed 2021
Gelatin silver print
33 x 46cm (13 x 18 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Hiram Maristany

 

Hiram Sebastian Maristany was a Nuyorican American photographer, and director of El Museo del Barrio (a museum in NYC which specialises in Latin American and Caribbean art, with an emphasis on works from Puerto Rico and the Puerto Rican community in New York City) from 1975 to 1977. He was known for his association with, and documentation of, the Young Lords chapter in Harlem, which he co-founded in 1969.

Juan González was a co-founder of the Young Lords, a radical Puerto Rican rights organisation in New York City, where he helped lead the group in protests for social justice. The Young Lords fought for better healthcare, education, and city services, and against police abuse and Puerto Rico’s colonial status. Following his work with the Young Lords, González became a celebrated journalist, co-hosting Democracy Now! and writing for the New York Daily News.

Texts from the Wikipedia website

 

 

What Is the Black Arts Movement? Seven Things to Know

Poet Larry Neal, who coined the term Black Arts Movement, described it as “a cultural revolution in art and ideas.” This movement included poets, playwrights, musicians, filmmakers, photographers, and painters. They came together to make art that advanced civil rights and celebrated Black history, identity, and beauty.

This cultural revolution shook up the art world in the 1950s and ’60s. It embodied the struggle for self-determination championed by global freedom movements. New collectives, workshops, and collaborations emerged. Creatives made art that promoted Black dignity, hope, and freedom. They asked, how could art inspire social and political change? And what would it look like?

Photography was a driving force from the beginning, playing a critical role as both a communications tool and art form. Learn more about the movement and photography’s part in it – major themes in our exhibition Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985.

1/ Its origins are in the civil rights movement

Our exhibition begins in 1955, more than a decade before Larry Neal named the Black Arts Movement. That year, several events – and photographs of those events – helped catalyse the civil rights movement.

In September, Jet magazine was one of several publications that printed open-casket photographs of Emmett Till, a 14-year-old boy from Chicago who was lynched in Mississippi. Those disturbing images were seen across the country, including by a woman in Montgomery, Alabama: Rosa Parks. That December, Parks sat in the front, “white only” section of a segregated bus. The driver demanded that she give up her seat to a white passenger. She refused. As she later recounted, Emmett Till was on her mind in that moment.

Parks, in turn, was photographed sitting at the front of the segregated bus. Those images, and others like them, brought widespread awareness to the struggles for equal rights. Organisations like the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) encouraged photography of their marches, demonstrations, and acts of nonviolent civil disobedience. SNCC even taught some members to use a camera. Lifelong activist Maria Varela became a SNCC photographer after recognising the need for more images of Black life to support the movement.

2/ Poets, writers, and playwrights led the movement

The beginning of the Black Arts Movement is often pinned to poet, playwright, and writer Amiri Baraka founding the Black Arts Repertory Theatre/School in New York City’s Harlem neighbourhood in 1965. Nikki Giovanni, Gwendolyn Brooks, and Audre Lorde were among the many writers and poets active in the movement. Some collaborated with visual artists, even forming collectives such as the Organization of Black American Culture (OBAC) in Chicago.

OBAC writers, scholars, painters, and photographers collaborated to create the Wall of Respect community mural in 1967. It commemorated key figures in African American history, including W. E. B. Du Bois, Muhammad Ali, and Nina Simone. The mural was like a two-story collage that covered the facade of a building in the city’s South Side neighbourhood. It incorporated paintings by several artists alongside mounted photographs by Roy Lewis and Darryl Cowherd. At the centre was Amiri Baraka’s poem “SOS,” which opens, “Calling all black people.” The mural was demolished in 1972, but photographs by Roy Lewis and Robert Sengstacke continue to spread its message.

3/ It was inspired by jazz

Music was an equally important part of the Black Arts Movement. Musicians John Coltrane and Sun Ra both performed at a fundraiser for Amiri Baraka’s Black Arts Repertory Theatre/School. Their experimental and expressive jazz inspired Black Arts Movement writers and artists.

In Coltrane at the Gate, photographer Adger Cowans depicted the saxophonist’s energy. Ming Smith captured the magic of a Sun Ra performance. For his homage to saxophonist Charlie Parker (who was commonly known as “Bird”), painter Raymond Saunders embraced the spontaneous spirit of jazz. Saunders collaged a newsprint photograph below the word “bird” written in a chalk-like white script.

4/ It celebrated Black beauty

The Black Arts Movement celebrated the “beauty and goodness of being Black,” as Larry Neal put it. Photographer Kwame Brathwaite helped popularise the phrase “Black is beautiful.” Brathwaite was a pioneer of uplifting Black identity. He helped found groups that challenged conventional standards of beauty and celebrated African heritage. They organised fashion shows, created “Black is beautiful” products, and operated a photography studio.

In Untitled (Portrait, Reels as Necklace), Brathwaite adorned the model with a necklace made from film developing reels to “expose” her beauty. More than a decade later, Carla Williams created a self-portrait that echoed Brathwaite’s work. Showing herself in curlers, Williams challenged popular notions of beauty.

5/ It brought artists together

Small collectives of visual artists and photographers came together around the principles of the Black Arts Movement. In New York, the Kamoinge Workshop photography collective met regularly to critique each other’s work, debate photography’s purpose and aesthetics, and share tips. They created a space for their art by developing their own portfolios and exhibitions. The workshop also produced the groundbreaking Black Photographers Annual between 1973 and 1980.

A group of Chicago artists formed AfriCOBRA. The collective’s founders defined their own aesthetic principles, aimed at creating “images that jar the senses and cause movement” and “images designed for mass production.”

6/ It spread across the Atlantic

The Black Arts Movement made an impact beyond the United States. In Great Britain, Raphael Albert organised and photographed Black beauty pageants in London. James Barnor focused on style, migration, and Black city life in London and in Accra, Ghana. Horace Ové photographed the British Black Power Movement. He also captured scenes of the West African and West Indian communities in London, like his Walking Proud, Notting Hill Carnival.

Samuel Fosso opened his first photography studio in Bangui, Central African Republic, at age 13. After finishing with clients, Fosso would use his studio to experiment with self-portraits. He wore an array of costumes and adopted personas, often taking inspiration from the pictures of Black Americans he saw in magazines shared by American Peace Corps volunteers.

7/ It influenced generations of artists

By the end of the 1970s, the literary arm of the Black Arts Movement had waned, but a new generation of artists and photographers carried on its spirit. Coming out of art school, photographers such as Carrie Mae Weems and Lorna Simpson explored more personal, metaphorical, and conceptual ideas.

In her Family Pictures and Stories series, Weems made her own family the subjects. The intimate photographs presented a counterargument to claims that many Black Americans faced poverty and struggle as a result of weak family structures. Weems paired the photographs with brief stories about each family member.

Text from the National Gallery of Art website

 

Herbert Randall (American, born 1936) 'Untitled (Bed-Stuy, New York)' 1960s

 

Herbert Randall (American, b. 1936)
Untitled (Bed-Stuy, New York)
c. 1960s
Gelatin silver print
22.8 x 15.6cm (9 x 6 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund, 2022.89.1
© Herbert Randall

 

Herbert Randall (American, b. 1936)

Herbert Eugene Randall, Jr. is an American photographer who had documented the effects of the Civil Rights Movement. Randall is of Shinnecock, African-American and West Indian ancestry.

Randall studied photography under Harold Feinstein in 1957. From 1958 to 1966, he worked as a freelance photographer for various media organizations. His photographs were used by the Associated Press, United Press International, Black Star, various television stations, and other American and foreign publications. Randall was also a founding member of the Kamoinge Workshop, a collective of African-American photographers, in New York City in 1963.

In 1964, Sanford R. Leigh, the Director of Mississippi Freedom Summer’s Hattiesburg project, persuaded Randall to photograph the effects of the Civil Rights Movement in Hattiesburg, Mississippi. Randall had a Whitney Fellowship for that year, and had been looking for a project. He spent the entire summer photographing solely in Hattiesburg, among the African-American community and among the volunteers in area projects such as the Freedom Schools, Voter Registration, and the Mississippi Freedom Democratic Party campaign.

Only five of Randall’s photographs were published in the summer of 1964. One seen worldwide was the bloodied, concussed Rabbi Arthur Lelyveld, head of a prominent Cleveland congregation and former conscientious objector to World War II. However, most of his photographs sat in a file at the Shinnecock Reservation, on Long Island, New York.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Billy Abernathy (Fundi) (American, 1939-2016) 'Mother's Day' from the series "Born Hip" 1962

 

Billy Abernathy (Fundi) (American, 1939-2016)
Mother’s Day from the series “Born Hip”
1962
gelatin silver print
17.5 x 13.3cm (6 7/8 x 5 1/4 in.)
The Art Institute of Chicago, Gift of the Illinois Arts Council
Photo: The Art Institute of Chicago / Art Resource, NY

 

Billy Abernathy (Fundi) (American, 1939-2016)

Photographer Billy (Fundi) Abernathy was known for creating images that defined Black confidence, elegance, and style. This work extended to his collaborations with his wife, Sylvia (Laini) Abernathy, with whom he designed album covers for Delmark Records in the 1960s. Around that time, the poet and author Amiri Baraka (LeRoi Jones) encountered Abernathy’s photographs of Chicago and proposed a book project that would combine his poetry with Abernathy’s images. The resulting collaboration, In Our Terribleness (Some Elements and Meaning in Black Style), was designed by Laini and published in 1970. In 1971 the New York Times hailed the book as “an example of the new direction that black art is taking.”

Text from The Art Institute of Chicago website

 

Charles "Teenie" Harris (American, 1908-1998) 'A television playing coverage of James Baldwin at the March for Freedom and Jobs in Washington, DC' 1963/2025

  

Charles “Teenie” Harris (American, 1908-1998)
A television playing coverage of James Baldwin at the March for Freedom and Jobs in Washington, DC
1963/2025
Gelatin silver print
National Gallery of Art, Washington

 

African American artist Charles “Teenie” Harris, captured “the essence of daily African-American life in the 20th century. For more than 40 years, Harris – as lead photographer of the influential Pittsburgh Courier newspaper – took almost 80,000 pictures of people from all walks: presidents, housewives, sports stars, babies, civil rights leaders and even cross-dressing drag queens.”

See the Art Blart posting on the exhibition Teenie Harris, Photographer: An American Story at Carnegie Museum of Art, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, October 2011 – April 2012

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002) 'Untitled (Playground)' from the "Playground Series" c. 1965

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002)
Untitled (Playground) from the “Playground Series”
c. 1965
Gelatin silver print
25.7 x 19.1cm (10 1/8 x 7 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Draper Preservation Trust, Nell D. Winston, Trustee

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002)

In 1953, he enrolled at the historically Black college in Petersburg, which was not far from his hometown of Richmond. He began working as a reporter for the school paper, and during that time Draper’s father, who was an amateur photographer himself, sent Louis his first camera. By 1956, Draper’s title at the paper had changed to cameraman. After his revelatory first experience with The Family of Man, a catalogue that accompanied the 1955 photography exhibition at The Museum of Modern Art, he decided to leave school during his final semester and move to New York City to become a photographer. Once there, Draper enrolled in a photography workshop led by Harold Feinstein, and was mentored by W. Eugene Smith, one of the most prominent American photojournalists.

In 1963, the same year as the March on Washington, Draper became a founding member of the Kamoinge Workshop, a New York-based collective of Black photographers. Workshop members met regularly to discuss one another’s work, produced group portfolios, exhibitions, and publications, and mentored young people all over the city. Draper emerged as one of the group’s teachers, which began his long career as an educator (he worked in numerous teaching roles, including at Pratt Institute and Mercer County Community College). The collective aimed to “create the kind of images of our communities that spoke of the truth we’d witnessed and that countered the untruths we’d all seen in mainline publications.” Kamoinge members wanted to avoid the racial stereotypes prevalent in the media and the violence that was typical of journalistic coverage of the Civil Rights Movement, working instead to represent their communities in a positive light.

Jane Pierce, Carl Jacobs Foundation Research Assistant, Department of Photography, “Louis Draper,” on the MoMA website 2021 [Online] Cited 27/11/2025

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002) 'Untitled (Santos)' from the "Playground Series" 1967

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002)
Untitled (Santos) from the “Playground Series”
1967
Gelatin silver print
32.9 x 22.8cm (12 15/16 x 9 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund
© Draper Preservation Trust, Nell D. Winston, Trustee

 

Ernest C. Withers (American, 1922-2007) 'I Am A Man, Sanitation Workers Strike, Memphis, Tennessee' March 28, 1968

 

Ernest C. Withers (American, 1922-2007)
I Am A Man, Sanitation Workers Strike, Memphis, Tennessee
March 28, 1968
Gelatin silver print
19 × 32.6cm (7 1/2 × 12 13/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

Ernest C. Withers (American, 1922-2007)

Photojournalist Ernest C. Withers was born on August 7, 1922, in Memphis, Tennessee. Withers got his start as a military photographer while serving in the South Pacific during World War II. Upon returning to a segregated Memphis after the war, Withers chose photography as his profession.

In the 1950s, Withers helped spur the movement for equal rights with a self-published photo pamphlet on the Emmitt Till murder. Over the next two decades, Withers formed close personal relationships with Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Medgar Evers, and James Meredith. Withers’s pictures of key civil rights events from the Montgomery Bus Boycott to the strike of Memphis sanitation workers are historic. Indeed, Withers was often the only photographer to record these scenes, many of which were not yet of interest to the mainstream press.

Withers photographed more than the southern Civil Rights Movement. Whether Jackie Robinson, Willie Mays, and other Negro League baseball players, or those jazz and blues musicians who frequented Memphis’ Beale Street, Withers photographed the famous and not-so famous. Withers’s collection includes pictures of early performances of Elvis Presley, B.B. King, Ike and Tina Turner, Ray Charles, and Aretha Franklin.

Text from The History Makers website

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002) 'Fannie Lou Hamer, Mississippi' July 1971

 

Louis Draper (American, 1935-2002)
Fannie Lou Hamer, Mississippi
July 1971
Gelatin silver print
21.5 x 29.2cm (8 7/16 x 11 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Draper Preservation Trust, Nell D. Winston, Trustee

 

 

First-of-Its-Kind Exhibition Opening at the National Gallery of Art Explores Photography’s Role in the Black Arts Movement

Never-before-seen photographs alongside images of cultural icons reveal the medium’s central role during a pivotal era of creative expression

The National Gallery of Art presents Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955-1985, an exhibition exploring the work of American and Afro-Atlantic diaspora photographers in developing and fostering a distinctly Black visual culture and identity. The first presentation to investigate photography’s role in the Black Arts Movement, a creative initiative comparable to the Harlem Renaissance in its scope and impact, which evolved concurrently to the civil rights and international freedom movements, the exhibition reveals how artists developed strategies to engage communities and encourage self-representation in media, laying a foundation for socially engaged art practices that continue today. Photography and the Black Arts Movement will be on view in the West Building from September 21, 2025, to January 11, 2026, before traveling to California and Mississippi.

Photography and the Black Arts Movement brings together approximately 150 works spanning photography, video, collage, painting, installation, and other photo-based media, some of which have rarely or never been on view. Among the over 100 artists included in the exhibition are Billy Abernathy (Fundi), Romare Bearden, Dawoud Bey, Frank Bowling, Kwame Brathwaite, Roy DeCarava, Louis Draper, David C. Driskell, Charles Gaines, James E. Hinton, Danny Lyon, Gordon Parks, Adrian Piper, Nellie Mae Rowe, Betye Saar, Raymond Saunders, Jamel Shabazz, Lorna Simpson, and Carrie Mae Weems.

This expansive selection of work showcases the broad cultural exchange between writers, musicians, photographers, filmmakers, and other visual artists of many backgrounds, who came together during the turbulent decades of the mid-20th century to grapple with social and political changes, the pursuit of civil rights, and the emergence of the Pan-African movement through art. The exhibition also includes art from Africa, the Caribbean, and Great Britain to contextualize the global engagement with the social, political, and cultural ideas that propelled the Black Arts Movement.

“Working on many fronts – literature, poetry, jazz and new music, painting, sculpture, performance, film, and photography – African American artists associated with the Black Arts Movement expressed and exchanged their ideas through publications, organisations, museums, galleries, community centres, theatres, murals, street art, and emerging academic programs. While focusing on African American photography in the United States, the exhibition also includes works by artists from many communities to consider the extensive interchange between North American artists and the African diaspora. The exhibition looks at the important connections between America’s focus on civil rights and the emerging cultural movements that enriched the dialog,” said Philip Brookman, cocurator of the exhibition and consulting curator of the department of photographs at the National Gallery of Art.

“Photography and photographic images were crucial in defining and giving expression to the Black Arts Movement and the civil rights movement. By merging the social concerns and aesthetics of the period, Black artists and photographers were defining a Black aesthetic while expanding conversations around community building and public history,” said Deborah Willis, guest cocurator, university professor and chair of the department of photography and imaging at the Tisch School of the Arts and founding director of the Center for Black Visual Culture at New York University. “The artists and their subjects helped to preserve compelling visual responses to this turbulent time and their images reflect their pride and determination.”

About the Exhibition

The exhibition draws significantly from the National Gallery’s collection – including more than 50 newly acquired works by Dawoud Bey, Kwame Brathwaite, Louis Draper, Ray Francis, Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe, Horace Ové, Jamel Shabazz, Malik Sidibé, Ming Smith, and Carrie Mae Weems, among others – and from lenders in the US, Great Britain, and Canada. Photography and the Black Arts Movement, 1955–1985 presents the cultural and political titans of the era, including civil rights leaders, artists, and musicians, as well as everyday people, scenes of daily life, and fashion and commercial photography. Structured around nine thematic sections – including explorations of the self, community, fashion and beauty, the media, and ritual – the exhibition weaves a holistic vision of the period and its cultural impact.

Among the works in the first section of the exhibition is a collage by Romare Bearden, 110th Street Harlem Blues (1972). A dynamic mixture of painted paper and photographs, the work illustrates the ongoing vitality of Harlem’s community, echoing the vibrancy and social content of the Harlem Renaissance, which Bearden was exposed to in his early life. Moving into the section titled Picturing the Self / Picturing the Movement, self-portraits by Coreen Simpson, Alex Harsley, and Barkley L. Hendricks underscore a central theme of the exhibition: artists asserting their presence within the broader narrative of the movement and the era, along with the importance of self-representation in their art. A highlight of Representing the Community – a section filled with everyday scenes of people at work and at rest – is Ralph Arnold’s Soul Box (1969), a mixed-media assemblage of found objects and collage, serving as a time capsule that captures stories of the Black Arts Movement.

Photographs were a crucial tool used to communicate the events of the civil rights movement to a national audience. Artists and news media understood the power of photographs to address inequality and advocate for civil and human rights, and some works in the exhibition are by photojournalists who captured the speeches, marches, and sit-ins that defined the era. A rarely seen 1965 photograph by Frank Dandridge captures Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. watching President Lyndon B. Johnson’s televised address following the Selma, Alabama, marches – events that would ultimately lead to the passage of the Voting Rights Act. Depicting Dr. King in a private, domestic moment, the image underscores not just the personal gravity of the moment but the television’s growing role in shaping public understanding of the era’s historic events. One of several works featured in the In the News section, it reflects how photographers responded to the shifting landscape of news media – from still photography to the rise of television.

The Black Arts Movement was instrumental in reshaping fashion, advertising, and media as tools of self-representation and cultural empowerment. A Kraft Foods advertisement (1977), photographed by Barbara DuMetz and featuring a young Black girl holding her doll, illustrates how the movement prompted advertisers to engage Black audiences more thoughtfully by hiring Black photographers and models in their campaigns. It is among the highlights of the Fashioning the Self section, along with an editorial photograph by Kwame Brathwaite, the photographer who helped coin the “Black is Beautiful” movement, and many depictions of women in beauty shops, showing the importance of these spaces to forming identity and community.

The exhibition’s concluding section, Transformations in Art and Culture, reflects a shift in the Black Arts Movement’s purpose – from its earlier focus on civil rights to a younger generation’s engagement with more historical and conceptual ideas, while still drawing on the movement’s visual language. Highlights include multimedia and time-based works by Ulysses Jenkins, Charles Gaines, and Lorna Simpson, which explore new and experimental ways to explore Black identity.

Exhibition Publication

Published in association with Yale University Press, the fully illustrated catalog accompanying the exhibition examines the vital role photography played in the evolution of the Black Arts Movement, which brought together writers, filmmakers, and artists as they explored ways of using art to advance civil rights and Black self-determination. Edited by Philip Brookman and Deborah Willis, with a preface by Angela Y. Davis and contributions by Makeda Best, Margo Natalie Crawford, Romi Crawford, Cheryl Finley, Sarah Lewis, and Audrey Sands, this book reveals how photographs operated across art, community building, journalism, and political messaging to contribute to the development of a distinctly Black art and culture. Essays by these distinguished scholars focus on topics such as women and the movement, community, activism, and Black photojournalism, and consider the complex connections between American artists and the African diaspora, and the dynamic interchange of Pan-African ideas that propelled the movement.

Press release from the National Gallery of Art

 

Harry Adams (American, 1918-1985) 'Protest Car, Los Angeles' 1962, printed 2024

 

Harry Adams (American, 1918-1985)
Protest Car, Los Angeles
1962, printed 2024
Inkjet print
27.5 x 35.4 cm (11 x 13 15/16 in.)
Tom & Ethel Bradley Center, California State University, Northridge, Harry Adams Archive
© Harry Adams. All rights reserved and protected.
Courtesy of the Tom & Ethel Bradley Center at California State University, Northridge

Harry Adams (American, 1918-1985)

Harry Adams, also known as “One Shot Harry,” was one of the best-known members of the Los Angeles African American community. Having access to the city’s inner circle, he became known for his images of politicians, entertainers, and society figures. Adams worked as a freelancer for the California Eagle and Los Angeles Sentinel for 35 years and had a number of churches and lawyers as clients. His collection is particularly rich in its documentation of African American social life including images of social organisations, churches, schools, civil rights organisations, protests and cultural events. …

The collection of images for the period 1950-1985 is rich in its depiction of the unique lives of African Americans in and around the Los Angeles area. There are many images of important black political leaders, such as Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., Rev. Ralph Abernathy, Malcolm X, and many others.

Text from the California State University Northridge website

 

Raphael Albert (British born Grenada, 1939-2009) 'Beauty Salon, London' c. 1960s

 

Raphael Albert (British born Grenada, 1939-2009)
Beauty Salon, London
c. 1960s
Gelatin silver print
27.3 x 27.3cm (10 3/4 x 10 3/4 in.)
Collection of Autograph, London
© Raphael Albert

 

Between the late 1960s and the early 1990s, the cultural promoter, entrepreneur and photographer Raphael Albert organised and documented numerous black beauty pageants and other cultural events in London. His long and successful career as a promoter and chronicler of pageants included the establishment of Miss Black and Beautiful, Miss West Indies in Great Britain, and Miss Grenada.

These competitions celebrated the global ‘Black is Beautiful’ aesthetic in a local west London context: paired with the obligatory bathing costumes and high heels, Albert’s contestants often sported large Afro hairstyles, inventing and reinventing themselves on stage while articulating a particular and multifaceted black femininity as part of a widely contested and ambiguous cultural performance.

Text from the Autograph website

 

Ernest Cole (South African, 1940-1990) 'Handcuffed blacks were arrested for being in white area illegally' 1960-1966

 

Ernest Cole (South African, 1940-1990)
Handcuffed blacks were arrested for being in white area illegally
1960-1966
Gelatin silver print
Image/sheet: 24.5 x 16.5 cm (9 5/8 x 6 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund, 2022.102.2
© Ernest Cole / Magnum Photos

~ Exhibition: ‘Ernest Cole: House of Bondage’ at Foam, Amsterdam, January – June 2023
~ Text/Exhibition: “Ernest Cole: Journeys through Photojournalism, Social Documentary Photography and Art,” on the exhibition ‘Ernest Cole Photographer’ at The Fowler Museum at UCLA, Los Angeles, April – July 2013

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006) 'Newsman Being Frisked at Muslim Rally in Chicago' 1963, printed 1997

  

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006)
Newsman Being Frisked at Muslim Rally in Chicago
1963, printed 1997
Gelatin silver print
47.3 x 33.7cm (18 5/8 x 13 1/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Corcoran Collection (The Gordon Parks Collection)

 

~ Text/Exhibition: “Visible Man / Invisible photographer” on the exhibition Gordon Parks: Stokely Carmichael and Black Power at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, October 2022 – January 2023
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks and “The Atmosphere of Crime”‘ at the Museum of Modern Art (MoMA), New York, February 2021 ongoing
~ Photographs: Gordon Parks “The Atmosphere of Crime”, 1957 February 2020
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: The Flávio Story’ at the J. Paul Getty Museum, Getty Center, Los Angeles, July – November 2019
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: Back to Fort Scott’ at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, January – September 2015
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: Segregation Story’ at the High Museum of Art, Atlanta, November 2014 – June 2015
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: The Making of an Argument’ at The New Orleans Museum of Art, September 2013 – January 2014
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: 100 Moments’ at New York State Museum, January – May 2013
~ Exhibition: ‘Gordon Parks: Centennial’ at Jenkins Johnson Gallery, San Francisco, February – April 2013
~ Exhibition: ‘Bare Witness: Photographs by Gordon Parks’ at the Phoenix Art Museum, August – November 2011

 

Herman Howard (American, 1942-1980) 'Sweet as a Peach, Harlem, New York City' 1963

 

Herman Howard (American, 1942-1980)
Sweet as a Peach, Harlem, New York City
1963
Gelatin silver print
16 x 23.1cm (6 5/16 x 9 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

John W. Mosley (American, 1907-1969) 'View of the crowd as Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. addresses civil rights demonstrators at 40th Street and Lancaster Avenue, Philadelphia' August 3, 1965

  

John W. Mosley (American, 1907-1969)
View of the crowd as Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. addresses civil rights demonstrators at 40th Street and Lancaster Avenue, Philadelphia
August 3, 1965
Gelatin silver print
24.8 x 19.7cm (9 3/4 x 7 3/4 in.)
John W. Mosley Photograph Collection, Charles L. Blockson Afro-American Collection, Temple University Libraries

  

John W. Mosley (American, 1907-1969)

John W. Mosley (May 19, 1907 – October 1, 1969) was a self-taught photojournalist who extensively documented the everyday activities of the African-American community in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, for more than 30 years, a period including both World War II and the civil rights movement. His work was published widely in newspapers and magazines including The Philadelphia Tribune, The Pittsburgh Courier and Jet magazine.

Mosley has been called a “cultural warrior” for preserving a record of African-American life in Philadelphia and Pennsylvania, one which combats “negative stereotypes and false interpretations of African-American history and culture”. …

Mosley flourished in his career as a photographer from the 1930s to the 1960s. He was known to photograph as many as four events a day, seven days a week. He traveled around Philadelphia on public transit, carrying his cameras and other equipment.

Mosley shot in black and white film. He used a large-format Graflex Speed Graphic camera. and a medium-format Rollieflex.

Proud of his heritage, Mosley chose to portray the black community positively at family, social, and cultural events that were part of daily life. He photographed individuals and families at weddings, picnics, churches, segregated beaches, sporting events, concerts, galas, and civil rights protests. During a time of racism and segregation, he emphasised the achievements of black celebrities, athletes, and political leaders.

Text from the Wikipedia website

  

Moneta Sleet Jr. (American, 1926-1996) 'Two Teenaged Supporters of the Selma March' 1965, printed c. 1970

   

Moneta Sleet Jr. (American, 1926-1996)
Two Teenaged Supporters of the Selma March
1965, printed c. 1970
Gelatin silver print
43.3 x 29.5cm (17 1/16 x 11 5/8 in.)
Saint Louis Art Museum, Gift of the Johnson Publishing Company
© Johnson Publishing Company Archive. Courtesy J. Paul Getty Trust and Smithsonian National Museum of African American History and Culture. Made possible by the Ford Foundation, J. Paul Getty Trust, John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, and Smithsonian Institution

 

“During the Civil Rights Movement, I was a participant just like everybody else. I just happened to be there with my camera, and I felt and firmly believed that my mission was to photograph and show the side of it that was the right side.”

~ Moneta Sleet Jr.

 

During Sleet’s 41 years at Ebony, he worked by Martin Luther King Jr.’s side for 13 years, capturing historical moments of the civil rights movement.

Sleet began working for Ebony magazine in 1955. Over the next 41 years, he captured photos of young Muhammad Ali, Dizzy Gillespie, Stevie Wonder, Emperor Haile Selassie I, Jomo Kenyatta, former ambassador Andrew Young in a blue leather jacket and jeans in his office at the United Nations, Ghana’s Kwame Nkrumah, Liberia’s William Tubman and Billie Holiday. He gained the affection and esteem of many civil rights leaders, many of whom called on him by name. When Coretta Scott King found out that no African American photographers had been assigned to cover her husband’s funeral service, she demanded that Sleet be a part of the press pool. If he was not, she threatened to bar all photographers from the service. Besides his photo of Coretta Scott King, he also captured grieving widow Betty Shabazz at the funeral of her husband Malcolm X.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Kwame Brathwaite (American, 1938-2023) 'Untitled (Charles Peaker Street Speaker, head of ANPM, after Carlos Cooks passed away, on 125th Street)' c. 1968, printed 2016

  

Kwame Brathwaite (American, 1938-2023)
Untitled (Charles Peaker Street Speaker, head of ANPM, after Carlos Cooks passed away, on 125th Street)
c. 1968, printed 2016
Inkjet print
37.2 x 37.2 cm (14 5/8 x 14 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund and Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

  

Kwame Brathwaite (American, 1938-2023)

Black Is Beautiful.

From Marcus Garvey to the Black Panther Party, these three words powered the political dreams and material possibilities of generations of Black people living in the United States. Over the course of seven decades, the recently departed photographer Kwame Brathwaite constructed a glorious visual lexicon to articulate a Pan-Africanist argument. Whether through his rhythmic documentation of the jazz scene in Harlem and the Bronx, or his cofounding of the African Jazz-Art Society & Studios (AJASS), Brathwaite positioned photography at the nexus of Black artistic, political, and musical expression. Moving between concert halls and boxing rings, portrait studios and protest movement scenes – his Hasselblad in hand – Brathwaite chronicled self-determination and creativity that celebrated Blackness in all of its forms. Each of his photographs brims with bombastic flare and undeniable elegance. Their narrative potential is still transfixing.

“Black Is Beautiful was my directive,” Brathwaite said. “It was a time when people were protesting injustices related to race, class, and human rights around the globe. I focused on perfecting my craft so that I could use my gift to inspire thought, relay ideas, and tell stories of our struggle, our work, our liberation…. Oppression still exists today, and we must keep fighting, keep on pushing until we are free. A luta continua, a vitória é certa – the struggle continues, victory is certain.”

Oluremi C. Onabanjo, Esther Adler, Roxana Marcoci, Marilyn Nance, David Hartt, Michael Famighetti. “Remembering Kwame Brathwaite (1938-2023),” on the MoMA website, Dec 26, 2023 [Online] Cited 30/11/2025

 

Doris A. Derby (American, 1939-2022) 'Black-owned Grocery Store, Sunday, Mileston, Mississippi' 1968

 

Doris A. Derby (American, 1939-2022)
Black-owned Grocery Store, Sunday, Mileston, Mississippi
1968
Gelatin silver print
21.9 x 32.7cm (8 5/8 x 12 7/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Gift of David Knaus
© Doris A. Derby

 

 

While the Black Arts Movement is generally pegged to the 1960s and ’70s, the point of departure for Willis and Brookman was the work of photographer Roy DeCarava, who in 1955, on the cusp of the civil rights movement, released a book titled The Sweet Flypaper of Life. The book featured portraits of Black life in Harlem activated by a fictitious character named Mary Bradley, a narrative invention of Harlem Renaissance writer Langston Hughes.

In the book, Sister Mary’s musings unfold within DeCarava’s photographic landscape. The exhibition includes an image from the book featuring bassist Edna Smith, whose face is partially illuminated by a single light in the distance. Her downward gaze conveys a sense of somberness that’s echoed by the shadows that surround her, while the single glint of light coming off her wristwatch draws attention to the bass like the beacon from a lighthouse.

Published decades following the Harlem Renaissance, one year after Brown v. Board of Education and months after the murder of Emmitt Till, DeCarava’s book came at a critical moment in art history, a time when photography became more broadly recognised as fine art through groundbreaking exhibitions like “The Family of Man” at the Museum of Modern Art, also in 1955. With that recognition, Black artists seized an opportunity to compose compelling visual narratives. “The collaboration between Langston Hughes and Roy De Carava was influential for so many photographers and artists, in part because De Carava and Hughes were looking at their respective communities, and they put together a story that was looking inward,” says Brookman.

Colony Little. “A Show at the National Gallery Highlights the Role of Photography in the Black Arts Movement,” on the ARTnews website November 20, 2025 [Online] Cited 24/11/2025

 

Ray Francis (American, 1937-2006) 'Genie' 1971

 

Ray Francis (American, 1937-2006)
Genie
1971
Gelatin silver print
13.97 × 17.78cm (5 1/2 × 7 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

Ray Francis (American, 1937-2006)

Ray Francis was a founding member of the Kamoinge Workshop. He received his first camera in 1952, at the age of 15. In 1961 he met Louis Draper, with whom he formed Group 35. In 1963 Group 35 merged with other photographers to create Kamoinge, where Francis contributed significantly by creating a darkroom for the group and working as a photo editor for the Black Photographers Annual.

His photographic work spanned still life, portraiture, and landscape, often using dramatic light and shadow, influenced by Johannes Vermeer’s use of composition. Francis also made contributions as an educator, teaching at the Bedford-Stuyvesant Neighborhood Youth Corps (1966–1969) and later serving as director of the New York City Board of Education’s photography program for Intermediate School 201 from 1970 to 1974.

Text from the National Gallery of Art website

 

Kwame Brathwaite (American, 1938-2023) 'Untitled (Portrait, Reels as Necklace)' c. 1972, printed later

 

Kwame Brathwaite (American, 1938-2023)
Untitled (Portrait, Reels as Necklace)
c. 1972, printed later
Inkjet print
74.93 × 74.93cm (29 1/2 × 29 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Gift of Funds from Renée Harbers Liddell and Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Kwame Brathwaite

 

Kwame Brathwaite, [was] a photographer, musician and African American activist who was a unique politico-aesthete. With his brother Elombe Brath, he virtually invented the phrase “Black Is Beautiful” in the 1960s by photographing the Grandassa Models in Harlem: young African American women who became the sensational template for beauty, doing away with the usual cosmetic products and the usual white standard of femininity.

Black Is Beautiful became a radical rallying cry, an inspired three-word prose poem and manifesto for change. Simply to assert that black people were beautiful was a liberating force in art, politics and culture, and Brathwaite became a part of Black power’s pan-Africanist movement by photographing Muhammad Ali before his Rumble in the Jungle fight in Zaire in 1974. He was the exclusive photographer for the Jackson 5’s African tour, and became the house photographer for the Apollo theatre, building an amazing archive of black musicians, and with Elombe was the driving force behind bringing Nelson Mandela to speak in Harlem.

Peter Bradshaw. “Black Is Beautiful: The Kwame Brathwaite Story – exhilarating record of game-changing photographer,” on The Guardian website Fri 10 Oct 2025 [Online] Cited 30/11/2025

 

Romare Bearden (American, 1911-1988) '110th Street Harlem Blues' 1972

  

Romare Bearden (American, 1911-1988)
110th Street Harlem Blues
1972
Collage
© Romare Bearden Foundation

 

African-American artist, activist, and writer Romare Bearden was close friends with film producer and photographer Sam Shaw, and he often drew inspiration from Shaw’s creative projects. The portraits incorporated into this collage feature outtakes of extras from a movie Shaw may have documented as set photographer. ⁠ ⁠

Bearden’s work reflects his improvisational approach to his practice. He considered his process akin to that of jazz and blues composers. Starting with an open mind, he would let an idea evolve spontaneously. “You have to begin somewhere,” he once said, “so you put something down. Then you put something else with it, and then you see how that works, and maybe you try something else and so on, and the picture grows in that way.”

Text from the Fraenkel Gallery Facebook page via DC Gallery, New York

 

Other works of art in the show are a testament to the medium’s lasting influence on established visual artists. Among these was Romare Bearden, who in the mid-1960s began exploring photographic collage; it would become an art form he used to create his most influential works. “Romare Bearden has always been integral to understanding the Black Arts Movement,” says Brookman. “By using photographs in his collages, he makes a direct connection between photography in all of its forms and the Black Arts Movement. That was something I had not seen or thought a lot about before, how much photography is incorporated into his visual art, including painting, during that time.”

Colony Little. “A Show at the National Gallery Highlights the Role of Photography in the Black Arts Movement,” on the ARTnews website November 20, 2025 [Online] Cited 24/11/2025

 

Chester Higgins (American, b. 1946) 'Father prays over son on Osu Beach, Accra, Ghana' 1973

 

Chester Higgins (American, b. 1946)
Father prays over son on Osu Beach, Accra, Ghana
1973
Gelatin silver print
22.8 x 34cm (9 x 13 3/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Chester Higgins. All Rights Reserved. Courtesy Bruce Silverstein Gallery

 

Dawoud Bey (American, b. 1953) 'The Blues Singer, Harlem, NY' 1976

 

Dawoud Bey (American, b. 1953)
The Blues Singer, Harlem, NY
1976
Gelatin silver print
22.1 x 32.7 cm (8 11/16 x 12 7/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Gift of the Charina Endowment Fund in memory of Robert B. Menschel

 

~ Text/Exhibition: “Street cred,” on the exhibition Dawoud Bey: Street Portraits at Denver Art Museum, November 2024 – May 2025
~ Exhibition: ‘Dawoud Bey & Carrie Mae Weems: In Dialogue’ at the J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles, April – July 2023
~ Exhibition: ‘Dawoud Bey: An American Project’ at the Whitney Museum of American Art, New York, April – October 2021
~ Exhibition: ‘Dawoud Bey: An American Project’ at the High Museum of Art, Atlanta, November 2020 – March 2021

 

Barbara DuMetz (American, b. 1947) 'Kraft Foods advertisement' 1977

 

Barbara DuMetz (American, b. 1947)
Kraft Foods advertisement
1977

 

Barbara DuMetz (American, b. 1947)

Barbara DuMetz (born 1947) is an American photographer and pioneer in the field of commercial photography. She began working in Los Angeles as a commercial photographer in the 1970s, when very few women had established and maintained successful careers in the field, especially African-American women. Over the course of her career, “she made a major contribution to diversifying the landscape of images that defined pop culture in the United States.”

DuMetz is known for her work with African-American celebrities, corporations and images of everyday life in African-American communities. …

DuMetz has been a professional photographer for more than four decades. Over the course of her career, she has produced award-winning images for advertising agencies including Burrell Advertising, J. P. Martin Associates and InterNorth Corporation. Her photographs have appeared in African-American publications including Black Enterprise, Ebony, Essence, Jet and The Crisis. She has taken commercial photographs for corporations including The Coca-Cola Company, Delta Air Lines and McDonald’s Corporation.

DuMetz ran and maintained three different photography studios located in the Los Angeles area where she was contracted by department stores, record companies, graphic design studios, advertising agencies, public relations firms, film production companies, actors and business professionals. DuMetz’s has shot photo layouts of celebrities and artists and personalities including Maya Angelou, Ernie Barnes, Bernie Casey, Pam Grier, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar, Quincy Jones, Samella Lewis, Ed McMahan, Thelonious Monk, Lou Rawls, Della Reese, Richard Roundtree, Betye Saar, Charles Wilbert White, and Nancy Wilson. Her show The Creators: Photographic Images of Literary, Music and Visual Artists, at the Southwest Arts Center in Atlanta, Georgia, in 2015, included images of over two dozen African-American artists whom she has photographed.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Ming Smith (American, b. 1950) 'Sun Ra Space II' 1978

 

Ming Smith (American, b. 1947)
Sun Ra Space II, New York, New York
1978
Gelatin silver print
15.24 × 22.4cm (6 × 8 13/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Charina Endowment Fund

 

 

“You don’t make art for money, especially as a Black artist. You do it because there is that need to create – and that has been part of my survival; that has helped me survive.”

“My work as a photographer was to record, culturally, the period of time in which I lived – and I recorded it as an artist.”

“Oh no, it’s all discovery, it’s all improvisation. It’s like when jazz musicians solo. They improvise, and photography is definitely that, for me.”

“Whether I’m photographing a person on the street, someone I know, or on an assignment, I’m doing it because I admire them. I like the sense of exchange – they’re giving and I’m taking, but I’m also giving them something back. There were certain people who would understand what I was looking for and would try to give me a photograph by posing. Whatever I’m shooting, whether it’s a portrait or a place, my intention is to capture the feeling I have about that exchange and that energy.”


Ming Smith

 

 

Coreen Simpson (American, b. 1942) 'Self-Portrait' 1978

 

Coreen Simpson (American, b. 1942)
Self-Portrait
1978
Gelatin silver print
21.6 x 16.8cm (8 1/2 x 6 5/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund
© Coreen Simpson

 

Simpson’s career launched when she became editor for Unique New York magazine in 1980, and she began photographing to illustrate her articles. She then became a freelance fashion photographer for the Village Voice and the Amsterdam News in the early 1980s, and covered many African-American cultural and political events in the mid-1980s. She is also noted for her studies of Harlem nightlife. She constructed a portable studio and brought it to clubs in downtown Manhattan, barbershops in Harlem, and braiding salons in Queens. Her work’s ability to present a wide variety of subjects with “depth of character and dignity” has been compared to that of Diane Arbus and Weegee.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Simpson became a photographer after noticing that she could make better images than the ones used to illustrate her stories as a freelance lifestyle writer. She took the chance to start creating the images she wanted to see. In 1976, she contacted her friend Walter Johnson, a street photographer who worked at a photo lab in Manhattan, with whom she had been acquainted from her modeling days, and asked if he could teach her how to use a camera. He showed her how to use it, and as soon as she got a hold of it, she became unstoppable.

She argues that great images are the key to having a successful published story. “You have to feel good about yourself, and good about the article that you’re presenting to the public,” she says. “So what makes it good? It’s the visuals. The visuals make it good.”

Briana Ellis-Gibbs. “Photographer Coreen Simpson’s illustrious career capturing Toni Morrison and Muhammad Ali: ‘I’ve never gotten bored’,” on The Guardian website Tue 21 Oct 2025 [Online] Cited 30/11/2025

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944) 'Grace Jones, New York City' 1970s

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944)
Grace Jones, New York City
1970s
Gelatin silver print
27 × 23.7cm (10 5/8 × 9 5/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

Anthony Barboza (American, b. 1944)

Anthony Barboza (born 1944 in New Bedford, Massachusetts) is a photographer, historian, artist and writer. With roots originating from Cape Verde, and work that began in commercial art more than forty years ago, Barboza’s artistic talents and successful career helped him to cross over and pursue his passions in the fine arts where he continues to contribute to the American art scene.

Barboza has a prolific and wide range of both traditional and innovative works inspired by African-American thought, which have been exhibited in public and private galleries, and prestigious museums and educational institutions worldwide. He is well known for his photographic work of jazz musicians from the 1970s – ’80s. Many of these works are in his book Black Borders, published in 1980 with a grant from the National Endowment for the Arts. In an article printed in 1984 in The City Sun, he said, “When I do a portrait, I’m doing a photograph of how that person feels to me; how I feel about the person, not how they look. I find that in order for the portraits to work, they have to make a mental connection as well as an emotional one. When they do that, I know I have it.” Many of his photographs achieve his signature effect through the careful use of lighting and shadows, manipulation of the backdrop, measured adjustments to shutter speeds, composition, and many other techniques and mediums at his command.

Text from the Wikipedia website

 

Nellie Mae Rowe (American, 1900-1982) 'God Loves us All' 1978

 

Nellie Mae Rowe (American, 1900-1982)
God Loves Us All
1978
Marker on silver gelatin print
15.9 x 29.2cm (6 1/4 x 11 1/2 in.)
Smithsonian American Art Museum, Museum purchase through the Luisita L. and Franz H. Denghausen Endowment and the American Women’s History Initiative Acquisitions Pool, administered by theSmithsonian American Women’s History Initiative
© 2025 Estate of Nellie Mae Rowe / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

 

Nellie Mae Rowe was born in Georgia, in the last year of the nineteenth century – to a once-enslaved father and mother born the year of Emancipation. Rowe laboured as a child, married young, was widowed twice, and worked much of her adult life as a uniformed “domestic” in white households. Although her early life was shaped by segregation and oppression, Rowe’s desire to define herself sparked a joyful and colourful body of art that suffused her home and yard. This undeniable and contagious positivity made Rowe one of the first Black self-taught women to be celebrated for her art. 

Rowe saw art-making as a God-given way to convey gratitude and recover a girlhood lost to labor and poverty. She transformed her property into an enriched realm she called her “Playhouse,” embellished with artworks and found objects that brought a heightened animation to her surroundings. Amid a society that rarely featured Black women in works of art and cast them as demeaning stereotypes in popular culture, Rowe took control of the narrative. She depicted friends, neighbours, and herself in drawings and hand-coloured photographs, confident images of Black beauty and free-spirited joy. In a radical act of reclamation, she crafted a world where cultural pride, personal style, and a bit of the unexpected embody the richness of life.

(We Are Made of Stories: Self-Taught Artists in the Robson Family Collection, 2022)

Text from the Smithsonian American Art Museum website

 

Carrie Mae Weems (American, b. 1953) 'Mom at Work' 1978-1984

 

Carrie Mae Weems (American, b. 1953)
Mom at Work
1978-1984
Gelatin silver print
60.96 × 92.71cm (24 × 36 1/2 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

~ Exhibition: ‘Carrie Mae Weems. The Heart of the Matter’ at Gallerie d’Italia, Turin, April – September, 2025
~ Exhibition: ‘Dawoud Bey & Carrie Mae Weems: In Dialogue’ at the J. Paul Getty Museum, Los Angeles, April – July 2023
~ Exhibition: ‘Carrie Mae Weems: Three Decades of Photography and Video’ at The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum, New York, January – May 2014

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951) 'Jake with His Boat Arriving on Daufuskie's Shore, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina' 1978, printed 2007

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)
Jake with His Boat Arriving on Daufuskie’s Shore, Daufuskie Island, South Carolina
1978, printed 2007
Gelatin silver print
31.1 x 46.6cm (12 1/4 x 18 3/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Gift of Funds from Diana and Mallory Walker

 

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (American, b. 1951)

Jeanne Moutoussamy-Ashe (b. 1951, USA) is an American photographer, photojournalist and AIDS activist. Beginning photography at the age of 18, she trained with American street photographer Garry Winogrand before graduating from the Cooper Union School of Art with a BFA in 1975, completing a year of independent photographic study in West Africa. Her 1977 photograph ‘Black Man, White Woman, Johannesburg, South Africa’ emblematised the visual narrative of apartheid at that time, recalling the institutionalised racism Jeanne had herself experienced as an African-American photographer.

Jeanne’s experience in South Africa informed her later work, encouraging her to focus on the contemporary experience of Blackness through humanist street photography. More recently, her photobook Daddy and Me: A Photo Story of Arthur Ashe and His Daughter, Camera (1993), which captures the last year of her husband Arthur Ashe’s life, has been praised as a sensitive record of family and mortality which demystifies AIDS. Following the tragedy of Ashe’s death, Jeanne has become a spokesperson for further AIDS research.

Text from the Hundred Heroines website

 

Barkley L. Hendricks (American, b. 1940) 'Self-Portrait with Red Sweater' 1980, printed 2023

 

Barkley L. Hendricks (American, 1940-2017)
Self-Portrait with Red Sweater
1980, printed 2023
Chromogenic print
24.8 × 15.5cm (9 3/4 × 6 1/8 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Alfred H. Moses and Fern M. Schad Fund

 

Barkley L. Hendricks (American, 1940-2017)

Barkley L. Hendricks (American, 1940-2017) was an American painter and photographer who revolutionised portraiture through his realist and post-modern oil paintings of Black Americans living in urban areas, beginning in the 1960s and 1970s. 

Hendricks’ depictions of the Black figure exude attitude and style. The artist culled subjects for his hagiographic portraits from sartorially minded friends and acquaintances he encountered around the world, including travels to Jamaica, his hometown of Philadelphia, and Connecticut where he last lived and worked. He applied intense focus to his subjects while painting, allowing him to capture their unique personalities. Steeped in pop culture and balanced with exquisite detail, the cast of characters in Hendricks’ work inhabits an unconventional realism united by painterly mastery.

While the directness of his subjects’ gaze could be piercing, Hendricks invoked humour through the titling of his pieces, mitigating the gravity of the message and allowing for an opening into the work. His paintings are distinctly of their time, grounded in the style of their contemporary present, and simultaneously emphatically timeless. They are a direct engagement with art history, the tradition of portraiture, and a confrontation of institutional portrayal of the black subject. 

Hendricks was first a photographer before taking up painting. Beyond his portraiture, he also made distinct works on paper and painted landscapes and still lifes, including an early series of Basketball paintings that explored abstraction and colour theory. Throughout his career, Hendricks refused to be boxed into a medium, and his practice is commanding, bold, and without limitations to media or form.

Text from the Jack Shainman website

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006) 'Miles Davis' 1981

 

Gordon Parks (American, 1912-2006)
Miles Davis
1981
Gelatin silver print
22.9 x 34.1cm (9 x 13 7/16 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Corcoran Collection (The Gordon Parks Collection)

 

Carla Williams (American, b. 1965) 'Untitled (curlers) #1.2' 1984-1985

 

Carla Williams (American, b. 1965)
Untitled (curlers) #1.2
1984-1985
Gelatin silver print
27.31 × 34.93cm (10 3/4 × 13 3/4 in.)
National Gallery of Art, Washington
Pepita Milmore Memorial Fund

 

Carla Williams (American, b. 1965)

Los Angeles native Carla Williams is a photographer and curator known for her exploration of identity, race, gender, and representation.

She first encountered photography in 1983 during her sophomore year at Princeton University, studying under Emmet Gowin. Her early work in self-portraiture began at Princeton, where she used the large-format camera to explore her own image. The focus of renewed scholarship, these works reflected on the lack of visibility of African American women in photographic history. Williams earned an MFA in photography from the University of New Mexico in 1991, where her thesis project focused on the themes of self-representation and identity. After graduating, she worked as a curator of photography at institutions in Los Angeles and New York.

Text from the National Gallery of Art website

 

Juan Sánchez (American, b. 1954) 'Mixed Statement' 1984

 

Juan Sánchez (American, b. 1954)
Mixed Statement
1984
Oil and metallic paint, pencil, colored pencil, oil pastel, marker, paper money, fabric, thread, leaves, painted, printed, torn, and cut-and-pasted coloured paper, and gelatin silver prints on canvas, 3 panels
137.16 x 243.84cm (54 x 96 in.)
The Museum of Modern Art, New York. Gift of Harry Torczyner (by exchange), 2024
Digital Image © The Museum of Modern Art / Licensed by SCALA / Art Resource, NY

 

Juan Sánchez, the influential Nuyorican visual artist, teacher, writer, and curator once declared “Political art is a medium used as a weapon to hopefully recapture or regain the positive energy of celebration – to regain the goodness of humanity.” Sánchez, the child of Puerto Rican immigrants, was born and raised in Brooklyn. Encompassing a variety of mediums and techniques, including collage, painting, printmaking, photography, and video, his work is informed by his activism and engagement with issues of colonialism and its legacy, race, class, cultural identity, equality, social justice, and self-determination. At the same time, he has maintained a consistent focus on communities, families, and both personal and political histories in his work.

 Text from The Metropolitan Museum of Art website

 

 

National Gallery of Art
National Mall between 3rd and 7th Streets
Constitution Avenue NW, Washington

Opening hours:
Daily 10.00am – 5.00pm

National Gallery of Art website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top

Exhibition: ‘Helen Levitt’ at Fundación MAPFRE, Barcelona

Exhibition dates: 24th September, 2025 – 1st February, 2026

Curator: Joshua Chuang

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940 from the exhibition 'Helen Levitt' at Fundación MAPFRE, Barcelona, Sept 2025 - Feb 2026

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne 

 

 

Levittation

Helen Levitt’s photographs from 1938-1940 are some of the earliest of her artistic career. “Her interest in photography blossomed when, aged 18, and having dropped out of high school, she began working in the darkroom of a commercial portrait photographer.”1

At the age of 23 she bought a secondhand Leica camera and walked the streets of New York – mainly Manhattan’s Lower East Side, the Bronx and Spanish Harlem – observing the social interactions of children and adults in this teeming metropolis. But she was not a flâneuse,2 strolling around the city observing but not interacting with her surroundings … she was fully engaged in the activity of the city.

What amazes me is that her vision as an artist was so well (in)formed at such a young age. And that the concerns and investigations into the nature of play, love and life in New York as a young, strong, independent “New Woman” remained constant throughout her life and decades long photographic career.

In her photographs there is an (in)direct engagement with the people that surrounded her (in her early works “she often hid her camera under her coat to capture candid, unnoticed moments on the streets”), an exchange of energy from the photographer to the subject and back through the camera onto the film… evidencing a generosity of spirit on the part of the artist towards her subjects. Here there is no pressing the camera into the face of the victim a la Garry Winogrand to evince a reaction, but a genuine sense of compassion and empathy towards the people who live in the great city of New York.

Influenced by social realism and the idea the photography could be an agent for change, avant-garde European film, surrealism and contemporaneous dance and theatre Levitt, “decided I should take pictures of working-class people and contribute to the movements,” Levitt later said of that time. “And then I saw pictures of [Henri] Cartier-Bresson and realised that photography could be an art – and that made me ambitious.”1

Levitt’s photographs are performative and theatrical, an engagement between artist, subject and viewer in the cause of art. “In her photographs, she presents the street as an almost theatrical landscape where the smallest interactions and gestures are incredibly resonant.”1

Levitt was not interested in concept nor didactic narrative. She was interested in the presence of the image before you … in just what you see.

As with any great art, the artist that produced it (even as she is ambitious) seems to be without ego. She lets the picture and the emotions tell the story without the shadow of the artist getting in the way (unlike much contemporary art and photography). For the work of art to have value in itself.

Thus, her photographs speak to us directly, or not at all.

Dr Marcus Bunyan

 

1/ Sean O’Hagan. “Helen Levitt: the most celebrated, least known photographer of her time,” on The Guardian website Sun 3 Oct 2021 [Online] Cited 28/11/2025

2/ “The flâneuse is not a female flâneur, but she is a version of the flâneur. She does not experience the city in the same way as he does. It is hard to define the archetype of the flâneuse, because the flâneur himself consists of paradoxes and many subcategories. Key concepts for flâneur and flâneuse are the amount of spare time, the aesthetic detachment towards objects, crowd and sceneries they see and their ambiguity about it.”

Akkelies van Nes and Tra My Nguyen. “Gender Differences in the Urban Environment: The flâneur and flâneuse of the 21st Century,” in Daniel Koch, Lars Marcus and Jesper Steen (eds.,). Proceedings of the 7th International Space Syntax Symposium. Stockholm: KTH, 2009


Many thankx to Fundación MAPFRE for allowing me to publish the photographs in the posting. Please click on the photographs for a larger version of the image. See the second, larger posting on this exhibition with many more photographs when it was shown at Fundación MAPFRE, Madrid.

 

 

“Levitt was part of a highly intellectual cultural and political milieu in New York in the 1930s and her photography reflected her deep interest in surrealism, cinema, leftwing politics and the new ideas that were then emerging about the role of the body in art.”


Walter Moser, curator

 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1938 from the exhibition 'Helen Levitt' at Fundación MAPFRE, Barcelona, Sept 2025 - Feb 2026

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' [113th Street] c. 1938

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1938
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne 

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1939

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1939
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

 

Helen Levitt (1913-2009) began photographing the streets of New York, her hometown, in the late 1930s, focusing mainly on poor neighbourhoods such as Hispanic Harlem and the Lower East Side, where the street clearly takes center stage as the setting for everyday life. Her camera was directed mainly at children and their games in the streets. These scenes of children occupy a central place in a body of work that, as a whole, captivates us with its ability to transform everyday scenes into images that convey all the emotion, mystery, and humour that life can contain, and with which the viewer establishes an immediate connection even though they lack an explicit narrative. Her work soon gained the recognition it deserved, and in 1943 the MoMA in New York organised her first solo exhibition (Photographs of Children).

Later in her career, she also became closely interested in film and colour photography. In 1948, she collaborated on the documentary The Quiet One and co-directed In the Street, another documentary about the streets of Hispanic Harlem. Both titles were highly influential in the subsequent evolution of documentary filmmaking by artists such as Jonas Mekas and Andy Warhol.

After receiving a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1959 to explore chromatic techniques, she began experimenting with colour photography, a medium in which she would also develop pioneering work.

A socially committed artist, Levitt was one of the first women to forge a professional career in photography. This exhibition is the first to be based on her entire body of work and archives, which have only recently been made available to the public.

Text from the Fundación MAPFRE website

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1940

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1940
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

 

Dedicated full-time to her artistic activities, the photographer Helen Levitt (New York, 1913-2009) did not begin to gain public recognition until relatively late in life. Although her name has always been associated with “street photography,” as it was precisely the streets of her native city that provided the context for the production of her images, throughout her career Levitt made forays into film, visited other countries such as Mexico, and also focused on colour photography. Her images, almost invariably ambiguous and mysterious although not necessarily at first glance, are also characterised by their spontaneity, warmth and sensitivity. The movements and gestures of the figures captured by her lens and the communication between them transcend that inclination to “photograph children” which many critics pointed out after her first exhibition at the MoMA in 1943, entitled Helen Levitt: Photographs of Children.

Levitt’s work as a whole goes far beyond the latter aspect, revealing her acceptance of the pleasures, terrors and complexity of existence at all ages, traits often overlooked by the viewer when immersed in the harsh reality of the urban landscape. The exhibition, the first to be devoted to the artist on the basis of the entirety of her work and archives, which have only recently become available for study, offers a broad overview of Levitt’s career through nine sections and around 220 photographs. It includes previously unexhibited images, as well as work produced in Mexico in 1941 and a large proportion of the artist’s work in colour, which she explored from the 1950s onward. It also features her film In the Street, directed by Levitt in collaboration with Janice Loeb and James Agee, and a projection of her colour slides.

Born in Brooklyn to a Russian-Jewish family, Helen Levitt dropped out of high school early and began her photography training in a Bronx studio. Influenced by Henri Cartier-Bresson, she pursued independent photography, capturing everyday life in New York neighbourhoods between 1938 and 1942. Her first solo exhibition was at the MoMA in 1943. She also experimented with film, making In the Street, and with colour photography, which gained her a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1959. Levitt continued to work intermittently,
exploring new settings such as the subway and rural areas. Her creative output is recognised for its ability to capture moments of human connection in complex urban environments.

Key themes

Enigmatic photographs

Helen Levitt’s images possess a mysterious quality that transforms them into true visual enigmas. Her unique and highly perceptive gaze turns everyday scenes into compositions that are hard to define, creating an immediate connection with the viewer even when there is no clear narrative to explain them.

A pioneer with her own voice

Helen Levitt was one of the first women to make her way in the world of photography, especially in the field of street photography. She always avoided constructing an explicit narrative in her images and preferred not to talk about them. Far from diminishing its value, that decision is one of the key traits that make her work so interesting. Despite this characteristic of reserve, Levitt’s photographs connect with the viewer through the universal emotions they convey.

Text from Fundación MAPFRE

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'Mexico City' 1941

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
Mexico City
c. 1941
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1942

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1942
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' c. 1945

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1945
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

 

Helen Levitt

Born and raised in Brooklyn, New York, Helen Levitt (1913-2009) became a photographer in the mid-1930s after meeting Henri Cartier-Bresson and seeing his radical new pictures made with a discreet, handheld camera. By the end of the decade, she had developed a unique sensibility, one informed by Surrealism and a love of avant-garde cinema but focused on the interactions of ordinary people in the streets, sidewalks, stoops, and vacant lots of her native city.

Grounded in gritty realism but brimming with subversive humor, mischief, and pathos, Levitt’s pictures are openended and enigmatic, concealing as much as they reveal. Her uncanny photographs of urban children and their games brought Levitt early renown even as she remained attentive to the quiet gestures and movements of a broader swath of humanity observed with her 35mm Leica, especially in Spanish Harlem, where the activity of everyday life often spilled out of doors.

Following a months long foray in Mexico City, Levitt began to work in filmmaking, leading to a long hiatus in her photographic activity. In 1959, advances in the sensitivity colour film spurred her to take to the streets again with her Leica. She continued to photograph in color throughout the 1970s, reverting to black-and-white film for a series of pictures taken in the New York City subway. Levitt continued to photograph intermittently until the early 1990s, when she became known as the “unofficial poet laureate” of New York and her oeuvre universally acknowledged as one of the most timeless and affecting in the history of the medium.

Early Work / Graffiti / Gypsies

Only a few examples survive from Levitt’s first year using a Leica camera. Amid the backdrop of the Great Depression, her pictures of lone figures hunched over or lying on the ground appear documentary in their impulse, while other depictions of people in urban surroundings are notably more ambivalent in their view.

In 1937, while employed by the Federal Art Project to teach at a public school in East (Spanish) Harlem, Levitt noticed the many chalk drawings and messages illicitly scrawled by children on streets and buildings on her way to work, and began to document them in all their variety, innocence, and vulgarity. She sometimes also portrayed the artists themselves posing next to their ephemeral interventions.

Around 1938, on the advice of Walker Evans, Levitt began to use a right-angle viewfinder, a device that allowed her to face one direction while pointing her camera in another. This was particularly effective in recording the uninhibited interactions of the “gypsy” families prevalent in Spanish Harlem and Yorkville. Drawn to their way of life, she also borrowed Evans’s 4 x 5-inch view camera and tripod to make portraits of “gypsy” children in their homes.

1938-1940 / Mexico City / A Way of Seeing

By 1940 Levitt had established her terrain, subject, and approach. In a rare statement, she later described her intent “to seize upon and record those apparently accidental disarrangements that nevertheless and in seeming contradiction provide a more intense apperception of reality.” Uninterested in portraying New York City as a bustling metropolis, Levitt instead saw it as
an environment whose “size and varied character constantly forces into the open material for my camera.” The working class, immigrant neighbourhoods she frequented – where adults chatted on stoops, mothers and children leaned out of windows, and children were left to their own devices – proved to be an especially fertile ground for her work.

In 1941, again inspired by Cartier-Bresson’s example, Levitt, a reluctant traveler, went to Mexico City with a friend to photograph there. Initially struggling with the challenge of working in new environment, she was eventually able to find her artistic footing, producing a body of work that at once acknowledged rawer social realities while locating a subtle lyricism unique to the city and its people. It would be her only trip abroad.

Upon her return to New York City, Levitt picked up where she left off, picking up on more sober themes of melancholy, alienation, and what she referred to as “the deep repressions of the unyoung.” After having photographed for a decade, Levitt collaborated with her friend, the writer and critic James Agee, to edit and sequence a book of her New York photographs. Envisioning the project as an urban counterpart to Let Us Now Praise Famous Men, his 1941 collaboration with Walker Evans, Agee wrote an extensive essay to accompany Levitt’s pictures that heralded their lyric qualities, the sum of which presented “unified view of the world, an uninsistent but irrefutable manifesto.” After a series of setbacks, the book, eventually given the title A Way of Seeing, was not published until nearly two decades later in 1965.

In the Street

In the mid-1940s, along with her friend and patron, Janice Loeb, Levitt began to shoot footage around New York City with a home movie camera. They were joined by James Agee, who encouraged them to conceive of an experimental project that would serve as a cinematic extension of Levitt’s still photographs. This led the three of them to collaborate on the pioneering short film that was first screened in 1949 and then released in 1952 under the title In the Street, a forerunner of the cinéma verité style. By the end of the 1940s and for the next two decades, filmmaking became Levitt’s primary occupation.

Color / Subway / 1980s

In 1959, Levitt was granted a Guggenheim fellowship to experiment with “the latest techniques in colour photography.” Her Leica loaded with colour slide film, she walked some of the same streets she had frequented in the 30s and 40s, newly attentive to the chromatic character of her compositions. After the bulk of her slides were stolen by a burglar in 1970, Levitt redoubled her efforts, photographing throughout the decade with renewed zeal, developing an intuitive system of colour that was at once transporting and transparent. In 1974, a continuous projection of forty of Levitt’s slides were featured at MoMA in New York, after which she began to realise select images as dye transfer prints.

Around the same time, Levitt also decided to revisit the subterranean theatre of New York City subway as a site to make pictures, having served as a decoy for Walker Evans’s subway project work more than three decades earlier. With her subjects largely stationary in train cars and platforms, Levitt attended to the nuances of expression and gesture, recording quiet dramas amid unflattering light and cramped quarters.

From the 1980s onwards, Levitt continued to photograph, but only intermittently, working mainly in black and white, both in the city and outside it.

Text from Fundación MAPFRE

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1975

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1975
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'Brooklyn, New York' 1982

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
c. 1982
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' Nd

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
Nd
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1971

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1971
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009) 'New York' 1976

 

Helen Levitt (American, 1913-2009)
New York
1976
Gelatin silver print
© Film Documents LLC, courtesy Zander Galerie, Cologne

 

 

Fundación MAPFRE
KBr Photography Center
Avenida Litoral, 30 – 08005 Barcelona
Phone: +34 93 272 31 80 (Attention only during the opening hours of the exhibition hall)

Opening hours:
Mondays (except holidays): Closed
Tuesday to Sundays (and holidays): 11am – 7pm

Fundación MAPFRE website

LIKE ART BLART ON FACEBOOK

Back to top